CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Long Answer Questions Part-2

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Solutions Unit 3 Long Answer Questions Part-2.

CHSE Odisha 12th Class Psychology Unit 3 Long Answer Questions Part-2

Long Questions With Answers

Question 1.
Counselling Process
Answer:
Meaning and Nature of Counselling:
Counselling provides a system for planning the interview, analysing the counsellor’s and client’s behaviour, and determining the developmental impact on the client. In this section, we will discuss skills, concepts and methods that are designed to help develop concrete competencies. A counsellor is most often interested in building an understanding of the client’s problem by focusing on what understanding the client has of her/his problem and how s/he feels about it.

The actual or objective facts of the problems are considered less important, and it is considered more important to work on the feelings and their acknowledgement by the clients. The focus is more on the person and how s/he defines the problem. Counselling involves a helping relationship, which includes someone seeking help, and someone willing to give help, who is capable of or trained to help in a setting that permits help to be given and received (see Fig.9.2).

The following elements about counselling are common to the major theoretical approaches to counselling :

  • Counselling involves responding to the feelings, thoughts and actions of the client
  • Counselling involves a basic acceptance of the client’s perceptions and feelings, without using any evaluative standards.
  • Confidentiality and privacy constitute essential ingredients in the counselling setting. Physical facilities that preserve this quality are important.
  • Counselling is voluntary. It takes place when a client approaches a counsellor. A counsellor never uses any kind of coercion for obtaining information.
  • Counsellors and clients both transmit and receive verbal and non-verbal messages during the process. Therefore, awareness and sensitivity to the nature of the message is an important prerequisites for a counsellor’s effectiveness.

Breaking the Myths of Counselling:

  • Counselling is not merely giving information.
  • Counselling is not giving advice.
  • Counselling is not the selection and placement of individuals onto jobs or for courses.
  • Counselling is not the same as interviewing though interviewing may be involved.
  • Counselling is not influencing attitudes, beliefs and behaviour by persuading, admonishing, threatening or compelling.

Developing Effective Relationships:
For most people who seek help from a counsellor, effective or satisfying relationships are almost non-existent or infrequent. Since the change in behaviour is often created and supported by a network of social support, it is essential for clients to start developing more positive relationships with other persons. The counselling relationship is the initial vehicle through which this begins.

Like all of us, counsellors too are not perfect, but they are trained in developing a more healthy and helpful relationships than others. In brief, counselling usually has an all-inclusive outcome for the clients. Effective behavioural change that takes place in the client is multifaceted. It may show up in the form of a client taking greater responsibility, developing new insight, learning to engage in different behaviours, write down the characteristics of counselling.

Characteristics of an Effective Helper:
Being a trained helper, the counsellor has the responsibility for ensuring that her/his client benefits from counselling and its therapeutic effects are achieved. To a large extent, however, the success of a counselling process depends on the skill, knowledge, attitude, personal qualities and behaviour of a counsellor, any or all of which can enhance or diminish the helping process. In this section, we will discuss four qualities that are associated with effective counsellors. These include:

  • Authenticity,
  • Positive regard for others
  • Ability to empathise and
  • Paraphrasing.
    Let us understand these qualities briefly:

Authenticity:
Your image or perception of yourself makes up your “I”. The self-perceived “I” is revealed through ideas, words, actions, clothing and lifestyle. All of these communicate your “I” to others. Those who come into close contact with you also build their own image of you for themselves, and they also sometimes Communicate this image to you.

For example, friends tell you what they like and dislike about you. Your teachers and parents praise and/or criticise you. You are also evaluated by persons you respect. These collective judgments by people you respect also called ‘significant others, develop into a ‘me’. This other perceived ‘me’ is the person that others perceive you to be.

This perception may be the same as or different from your own self-perception of ‘I’. The degree to which you are aware of these perceptions of others as well as of your own perception of yourself indicates that you are self-aware. Authenticity means that your behavioural expressions are consistent with what you value and the way you feel and relate to your inner self-image.

Positive Regard for Others:
In a counselling-counsellor relationship, a good relationship allows freedom of expression. It reflects acceptance of the idea that the feelings of both are important. We should remember that when we form a new relationship, we experience feelings of uncertainty and anxiety. Such feelings pt minimised when a counsellor extends a positive regard to the client by accepting that it is all right to feel the way the client is feeling. In order to show positive regard to others, the following guidelines may be kept in mind:

  • When you are speaking, get into the habit of using “I” messages rather than “you” messages. An example of this would be, “I understand” rather than “you should not”.
  • Respond to what the other person has said, after checking with her/him.
  • Give the other person the freedom to share feelings or anything she/he wants to say. Do not interrupt or cut in.
  • Do not assume that the other person knows what you are thinking. Express yourself according to the frame of reference, i.e. in the context of the verbal exchange taking place.
  • Do not label either yourself or the other person (e.g., “you are an introvert”, etc.).

Empathy:
This is one of the most critical competencies that a counsellor needs to have. You have already read in Chapter 5 that empathy is the ability of a counsellor to understand the feelings of another person from her/his perspective. It is like stepping into someone else’s shoes and trying to understand the pain and troubling feelings of the other person. There is a difference between sympathy and empathy. In sympathy, you play the saviour. You may think that someone deserves your kindness.

Paraphrasing:
This skill has already been discussed in the section on communication earlier. You will recall that this involves the ability of a counsellor to reflect on what the client says and feels using different Words.

Ethics of Counselling:
In recent years, counsellors have taken important steps to develop their professional identity. A critical criterion for any professional group is the development and implementation of appropriate ethical standards. Social workers, marriage counsellors, family therapists and psychologists —all have their ethical codes. Awareness of ethical standards and codes is extremely important because counselling is a part of the service sector. Not following ethical standards may have legal implications.

While learning about the competencies of a counsellor, it is important for you to know that the client-counsellor relationship is built on ethical practice. The American Psychological Association (APA) has developed a code of ethical conduct for behaviour “‘and decision-making in actual clinical settings. The practical knowledge of these ethical domains can guide the practice of counselling in achieving its desired purpose.

Some of the APA practice guidelines are:

  • Knowledge of ethical/professional codes, standards and guidelines, knowledge of statutes, rules, regulations and case law relevant to the practice of psychology.
  • Recognise and analyse ethical and legal issues across the range of professional activities in the clinical setting.
  • Recognise and understand the ethical dimensions/features of her/his own attitudes and practice in the clinical setting.
  • Seek appropriate information and consultation when faced with ethical issues.
  • Practice appropriate professional assertiveness related to ethical issues.

Interview Stage/Phase:
Any counselling process, be it individual or group, starts with the interview stage. This stage could also be referred to as the familiarization, orientation or introductory stage. This stage is very important because for you as a counsellor to start well determines the success of other stages and the entire counselling relationship. The counsellor and the client meet for the first time.

The counsellor makes a deliberate effort to get acquainted with the client by establishing rapport. This is done by asking the client to sit down so that he or she would be emotionally relaxed in the counsellor’s office. The Counsellor inquires about the client’s name, class, parents, friends, progress in school and mission in the counsellor’s office. This should be done with caution so that the client does not feel as if he or she is being interrogated.

The counsellor further assures the client that whatever is discussed will be kept confidential. This is to win the client’s confidence and make him or her open up to say the purpose for coming to the counsellor’s office.  The client may or may not present his problem during this stage. The counsellor should not be in a hurry to make him/her disclose his mission.

During this stage, the counsellor needs to display in his behaviour all the qualities of an effective counsellor by being patient listening carefully, showing empathy, showing unconditional positive regard that is treating his clients with respect, and warmth, irrespective of his age, sex, race, colour, religion and socio-economic status. This is very important as counsellors are not expected to be segregational or discriminative.

Working Stage/Phase:
This is the second stage/phase of the counselling process. As the title suggests, it is the stage where the counsellor fully engages the client in a discussion about what to do and how it will be done concerning the problem of the client. If the client has not disclosed his/ her mission in the first stage, the counsellor now asks the client. He uses questioning techniques to make the client open up.

Questions such as:
Are you okay? Can I help you? What is the matter? What has brought you to my office? The client now responds. The counsellor having listened, to the client will suggest different techniques depending on the nature of the problem presented on how the problem can be handled. The counsellor uses techniques such as responding, exploring, restatement, interpretation, confrontation, unconditional positive regard, empathy, silence and catharsis to diagnose the problem.

Also, it is during this stage that the goals for counselling are set by the client and counsellor. The counsellor here tells the client that counselling aids such as cassettes, radio, video and tape recorders may be used and the purpose for using them will be explained to the client. The counsellor should also tell the client the number of sessions that the counselling relationship may cover. This will depend on the nature of the problem.

If the problem is a simple one, it may take fewer sessions but if it is a complicated one, it may take a longer period to solve especially problems bordering on a change of behaviour or breaking of habit. If the counsellor needs to contact an “outsider” who may be responsible for the 4 problems faced by the client, the permission and consent of the client must be sought. The counsellor also takes the client through the methods to be used in solving the problem. All these are dope in the working stage of the counselling process.

Termination Stage/Phase:
This stage is the third stage in the counselling process. Termination means bringing an end to the counselling relationship between the counsellor and the client. Different reasons have been given by many authors on why a counselling relationship may end or terminate. Some of these reasons are given below for you to understand. It is important to stress here that the termination of a counselling relationship may be a temporary or permanent one. The following reasons are given by different authors.

Counselling Goals are achieved:
As discussed earlier in this unit, you were told that the client and the counsellor would set the goals for counselling. When these goals have been realised to the satisfaction of the client and counsellor, the relationship can be called off temporarily or permanently. Temporarily because the counsellor may want to follow up the client to see if he is doing well or putting into practice what has been discussed and suggested. Permanently if the client’s: problem is solved and may not need to see the counsellor again. The client should be told that if he has a problem in future, he should be free to see the counsellor.

Un-cooperative Attitude from the Client:
The counsellor may discover that the client he or she is dealing with is not cooperating with him, especially when the client is a referred person, the counsellor should still try his or her best to make the client understand why he or she needs counselling. If after several attempts nothing good is coming out of the relationship, the counsellor can terminate the relationship temporarily and ask the client to think over his behaviour and may decide to come back if convinced to continue.

The client may decide not to continue:
The counsellor and client may enter into a counselling relationship without any problem. After some time, the client may decide not to continue for reasons best known to him. Sometimes it may be due to the fact that the client is not honest in the relationship and when his attention is drawn to this fact he may decide to stay away and remain with his problem. The reasons for the behaviour may not be given to the counsellor. The best thing to do is to allow the client go as counselling is not by force.

Referral to an Expert/Specialist:
The counsellor may discover that the client has a problem that is beyond his competence, area and experience, when this happens the client should be referred to the appropriate quarters for specialized treatment. For instance, the client may approach the counsellor with a problem that is both medical and educational, such as having had eye vision and his inability to read comprehension passages during English language lessons.

The counsellor should handle the educational aspect if he is competent in English or makes a referral to an English teacher and a medical doctor. He should not start to prescribe glasses or drugs for the client because that is not his area of specialization. The counsellor should get the client prepared before referring him or her. The client should know why he is being sent to another person.

Practicum/Internship may end before the Counselling Goals are achieved:
There are instances when the counselee in question is a student, either undergraduate or post-graduate, posted to a school for practicum exercise. There may be instances when the practicum period will end without the counsellor achieving his purpose or the school may close for the holiday, when this happens the relationship can be terminated temporarily or permanently. As far as the school calendar is concerned, that may be permanent termination, but if the counsellor picks interest in a student’s case and wants to help in solving the  problem, he may decide to visit the student at home and continue on a personal basis.

Death of Counsellor or Client:
A counselling relationship may be terminated permanently when the counsellor or client dies. If it is the counsellor that dies, the client may seek counsel from another counsellor. There may be other reasons for terminating a counselling relationship not mentioned here. You should read other books for more information on processes and techniques of counselling.

Follow-Up Stage/Phase:
This is the stage in a counselling process where you the counsellor will want to know what is happening to your client after termination. Hie follow-up aims at finding out whether the client is carrying out the decisions arrived at before you ended the session for every client-so you the counsellor determine with the client whether the stage of follow-up will be necessary.

Counselling Strategy:
Strategy in counselling is basically the technique or method used during counselling to understand and find a solution to a problem presented by the client. Strategies are tools used by the counsellor to handle problems. For instance, a medical doctor may use a stethoscope to diagnose a disease, a fisherman uses fishing nets while a mechanic uses spanners and hammers.

So also the counsellor uses tools such as listening, responding, interpretation, probing, exploring, restatements, confrontation, disclosure, unconditional positive regard, empathy and summarization as techniques or strategies during counselling; all these strategies are emphasis skills that the counsellor uses while counselling. The ability of a counsellor to solve a client’s problem depends on how he uses the strategies.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Long Answer Questions Part-2

Question 2.
Meaning Of Listening Skill.
Answer:
The entire counselling process begins with listening to the client. Listening is the ability of the counsellor to pay attention to the verbal and non-verbal expressions of the client. It involves hearing words, receiving the sound made by the client and gaining insight into whatever is uttered. Attentive listening is a skill that must be developed and used by any counsellor. Some counsellors may listen to the client but not hear what he or she has said.

When the counsellor listens attentively he is conveying to the client that he understands him, this he may do by nodding and not speaking as the client talks. Okun (1982) observed that the skill of listening may surface as the only strategy needed in a helping relationship. In fact, listening skill is the foundation stone on which other skills depend. If a counsellor has not listened attentively, he may not be able to use techniques such as responding, restatement, questioning, confrontation and self-disclosure.

All these depend on how well the Counsellor has listened to the client. Kolo (1997) also observed that techniques like “minimal encourager” may not be used if the counsellor had not listened attentively. These minimal encourager-s include, “yes”, “tell me more” “is that so”? “hum! “I am listening”. Kolo (1997) also highlighted some factors that could hinder effective listening by the counsellor. They are:

  • The inability of the client to hear the counsellor.
  • Lack of trust between the client and the counsellor.
  • When the client is shy or timid.
  • Inner rules that inhibit self-disclosure.
  • Tension and anxiety on the part of the client.
  • Gender influence, socio-economic status, and religious background.
    The counsellor should, as much as possible, find a way of handling these factors so that there

Interviewing Skills:
Cast your mind back to our discussion on the counselling process. As earlier mentioned, interviewing skill is very important for any effective counselling to develop. It takes about 50 per cent of the counselling time. A good interviewing skill demonstrated by a counsellor only shows his or her competence as a counsellor and may win the confidence of his/her client. It shows that the counsellor has concern and empathy for the client. A hypothetical case is cited for the readers’ study. A counsellor and a client. A client in SSII reading Arts subjects comes to the counsellor for guidance on the possible courses to study at the university.

The counsellor is sitting in his office reading a textbook on counselling.
The student knocks at the door.
Counsellor: Yes come right in.
Client: She enters the office.
Counsellor: How are you today? Please sit down.
Client: She is hesitant but the counsellor encourages her to feel free and sit down.
Counsellor: What is your name and what class are you in?
Client: I am Amina in SSII.
Counsellor: Can I help you? Or what has brought you to my office?
Client: I saw a notice on the bulletin board to see the counsellor when we have a problem, so I decided to come.
Counsellor: Yes you are right, you are in the right place. What can I do for you?
Client: I bought the JAMB form I don’t know how to fill it and I don’t know what course to read In the University.
Counsellor: What subjects are you reading? And what do you intend to read later in life?
Client: I am offering Arts subjects and I want to read Law.
Counsellor: Most of the Universities offer Law.
Client: I will rather go to the University in the North because I have never been to the South or East.
Counsellor: There is nothing bad in trying other places since you are from the north. You need to go out and interact with people from other places, but your choice is final.
Client: I will think about it and discuss it with my parents because they will be responsible for my upkeep there.
Counsellor: Concerning the subjects you are offering, you need to be good in English, History, Government, Literature and other Arts subjects. You also need to consider the hazards in the job, like travelling to get information about a case, attack from opponents, etc. to mention a few. Are you the outgoing and outspoken type?
Counsellor: You should come to the office at your free period to fill out the form together so that you can submit it on time.
Client: Thank you, Sir, for your time and assistance.
At die, next meeting the counsellor and client will explore the Universities and the client will pick one.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Long Answer Questions Part-2

Question 3.
Group Dynamic Process In Counselling Introduction.
Answer:
Group dynamic process in counselling is another method of providing guidance. Counselling services to a group of students or clients. Although information, observations and studies have shown that some problems experienced by clients are better handled when treated individually, the process of using a group process in solving some problems cannot be overemphasized. In this unit, an attempt is made to describe groups in the context of counselling relationships, purposes of group formation, forming a group for counselling intervention and stages of the group process.

Group Dynamics:
Group may be described as any collection of human beings who are brought into a social relationship with one another, while group dynamics is all that it takes to form a group. It should be noted that man’s life, to some extent, consists of group life. When a man is born, he is brought into a group made up of his parents, father and mother himself inclusive making it a group of three that continues to enlarge with the arrival of other siblings.

He leaves home and goes to school, he associates with his classmates, and another group of individuals in the class, and he goes to secondary and university the same is the case even in the working place he may need to work in a group of people. So group dynamics is very important in determining the social relationships of individuals. Group counselling is an important aspect of counselling activities. There are instances where the counsellor must just see the students in the group.

The counsellor may not achieve much progress and success if he adopts the individual counselling strategy. Thus for the formation of a group for counselling purposes,’ some group dynamics procedure must be put in place. For instance, in some schools depending on how prevalent these behaviour problems are, such as excessive fighting, chronic tiredness or fatigue, violent outbursts, aggressiveness, extreme withdrawals (isolates) inability to get along with other peers, shabby dressing, drug abuse, sexual harassment, telling lies etc. these can be approached using group counselling strategy.

When the groups are small, individuals find it easy to express their feelings about a wide range of personal problems. Individuals who have similar problems when put together for counselling intervention, identify with others and realise that they are not alone and that, there are other people who share similar problems. This makes them open up so as to share experiences and find a way of finding solutions to their problems.

Because of the opportunity for interaction in groups, the members can express their concerns and difficulties and believe they can be gently heard, they, therefore, help one another gain increased self-acceptance. A counselling group must have a purpose depending on the nature of the problem.

Some of the purposes and goals of forming a group according to UNESCO (2000) include the following:

  • To grow in self-acceptance and learn not to demand perfection.
  • To learn how to trust oneself and others.
  • To foster self-knowledge and the development of a unique self-identity.
  • To lessen fears of intimacy, and learn to reach out to those who would like to be closer to you.
  • To become aware of choices and to make choices wisely.
  • To become more sensitive to the needs and feelings of others.
  • To clarify values and decide whether, and how to modify them to find ways of understanding and resolving personal problems.

Formation Qf The Group:
In forming a counselling group, students should realise that the place to start is by clarifying the rationale and purpose for forming it. It is very important to note that adequate time should be spent in planning for its formation. If proper planning is not made and if the members are not carefully selected and prepared the entire process can flounder. The step to take is announcing the counsellor’s intentions and recruiting members. The counsellor needs to announce what the group is for and what it intends to do for the members that will be recruited and participate.

How a group is announced influence the way it will be received by potential members, as well as the kind of people that will join the group. Personal contact with potential members has been found to be one of the best methods of recruiting members. For instance, when the writer of this unit conducted a study on three modes of treatment for anxiety and improving English comprehension skills amongst secondary school students, he personally visited the school, met the school counsellors told them her mission and solicited their support to use the students in that school.

All the SS II students were gathered and informed of the purpose of the study and how they stand to benefit from the study in terms of reducing their anxiety level and increasing their performance in the English language through study skills counselling, rational emotive therapy and a combination of the two strategies. Volunteers indicated and forty (40) of them were randomly chosen from the 92 volunteers and were assigned to experimental and control groups.

The next process in forming a group for counselling involves screening and selecting members. The counsellor who is the group leader would conduct a pre-group interview and give them inventory to fill or answer the questionnaire given to them. He then selected group members whose needs, goals, and problems are compatible or similar to the established goals of the group. The counsellor may ask each participant these questions:

  • Why does this person want to join the group?
  • How ready is the person to become actively involved in the process of self-examination that will be part of the group?
  • Does the person have a dear understanding of the nature and purpose of the group? Do they have a view of what is expected of them?
  • Is there any indication that a person may be counterproductive to the „’ development of cohesion in the group? Or will the group be counterproductive to the person?

Some practical considerations in group formation: In selecting members for a particular group, these factors are to be considered.
Size of the Group:
In forming a counselling group, the size of the group matters a lot for the effectiveness of the process. In an ideal situation, the size is determined by the age of the members, the experiences of the counsellor, the type and purpose of the group and whether there is a co-counsellor or co-leader. Children in elementary school maybe 4-5 members in a group, while adolescents may be 8-10 members UNESCO (2000).

For adults, 2-4 hour weekly sessions might be preferable. The frequency and duration of the session are dependent on the style of leadership and the type of people in the group. For instance, in the study on anxiety conducted which was referred to earlier, the members were adolescents, we met once a week for one hour and for ten weeks with the first week as the pre-treatment session and the tenth (10th) week as the post-treatment session.

Duration and Time for Meeting:
In determining the duration and time for the meeting, frequent short sessions may be used. This suits their attention span. If the group is taking place in the school setting, the session can be after the regular class period. This is to avoid clashing with the school timetable and creating unnecessary conflict between the counsellor, students and the school authority.

For the adults, having 2-4 hours may be ideal. However, being civil servants or businessmen and women they may not be changed to spare. 2-4 hours during the week, but this session can take place during the weekends. The duration time is because they have greater or higher attention spans than adolescents or children.

Place of Meeting:
The next pertinent question is where should this meeting take place. Wherever is chosen as the place for the meeting, the leader should ensure adequate physical arrangement, and good ventilation and the place must guarantee some degree of privacy and freedom from distraction. That is why it is not good to have such sessions in the classroom, staffroom or in the counsellor’s office if the space is enough to accommodate all the members.

Nature of Membership:
The counsellor needs to determine if the membership will be on a voluntary or involuntary basis. Voluntary members have been found to be the best because they
voluntarily avail themselves of counselling unlike those referred. Sometimes it may be that the counsellor wants to address a particular issue but can not do it on an individual basis so he adopts the group method. The counsellor must orientate the members and prepare them to become part of the group. Also, the counsellor should tell the group what they would gain by participating in the group.

Nature of the Group:
An open group is one characterized by changing membership while a closed group adds no new members during the lifetime of the group. Sometimes, closed groups have advantages that are distinct, because trust, and openness can be developed and work accomplished. If members are allowed to drop from the group and new ones join at random, it may be difficult to determine the success of the therapy used in the group.

Pre-Group Session:
It is absolutely necessary for the counsellor or leader to conduct a pre-group session. This could be an extension of the screening process. Also, important information is given to members to

Groupdynamicprocess:
This process starts with giving the members certain rules that will guide their participation in the group. It could be verbal or written. Each member has to be committed to this guide as it serves as the guiding rule.

  • Members are to avoid any drugs during or before the meeting.
  • Members are expected to be punctual and regular to meetings.
  • Members should not engage in any illicit sexual relationship with the opposite sex in the group.
  • Members must avoid smoking during sessions.
  • Confidentiality must be maintained by all members.
  • Physical violence must be guided and verbally abusive language should be avoided.
  • Members are given list of their rights and responsibilities and what is expected of them before they join the group.
  • Children and adolescents must produce written consent from their parents and guardians.

Before anyone drops out of the group, he should notify the leader and discuss in the group before leaving. The next step in group process dynamics are the stages involved in the process. Four stages are identified here.

The initial stages:
The central process involved in this stage involves orientation and exploration. Members get to know each other by age, name, class, and family background and also learn how the group functions. They also discuss fears and hopes pertaining to the group’s identified personal goals and determine the safety of the group. They also choose amongst themselves the group monitor. Each of the members assesses himself or herself and ask pertinent questions.

The transition stage:
This is the second stage in the group process and is characterized by the expression of feelings regarding interaction in the group, as well as an individual personal group. Since the group comprises of people from different family backgrounds, cultures, religions, socio-economic status of parents, ages, each member may be sceptical or hesitant to open up. As time goes on and as they realise that sessions are held to help them out, they open up and free themselves from unnecessary anxiety and fear.

The working stage:
The working stage is characterized by the commitment of members to explore significant problems they have brought to the session. Group cohesion is used during this stage, members become transparent with one another, this is shown by the level of cooperation shown by members in the group. Also, each show some degree of initiative behaviour and are punctual to meetings, attendance rate is high, trust for one another is shown, they support and encourage one another after listening to the experiences of each other. Cohesion is ascertained after negative feelings expressed by members have been dealt with. This ensures trustworthiness.

The final stage:
The final stage is characterized by the successful accomplishment of the difficult process of consolidation and termination. This is when the purpose of initiating the group is achieved, if the sessions had been handled adequately, the members may have a feeling of sadness that they are parting with friends and the leader. They may also wonder if they will be able to put into practice what they have learned without the help of group members and leaders.

The leader may suggest having a follow-up session to encourage members put into practice what they have learned or the need to change. The final stage is very important because it gives the members the opportunity to clarify their experiences, consolidate the gains they have made and revisit their decisions about the newly acquired behaviour they want to implement in their everyday life.

The counsellor can use these follow-up devices to check his members.

  • In Follow-up interviews, the leader may try and arrange an interview with each member a few weeks or months after the termination of the group.
  • Members can contact one another periodically after termination to give support.
  • The counsellor can organize a follow-up group session for the entire members after Termination.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Long Answer Questions Part-2

Question 4.
Describe the set of competencies that must be kept in mind while administering a psychological test.
Answer:
The set of competencies that must be kept in mind while administering a psychological test are as follows:
Ability to select and implement multiple methods and means of evaluation in ways that are responsive to, and respectful of diverse individuals, couples, families and groups.

  • Ability to utilise systematic approaches to gather data required for taking decisions.
  • Knowledge of psychometric issues and bases of assessment methods.
  • Knowledge of issues related to the integration of different data sources.
  • Ability to integrate assessment data from different sources for diagnostic purposes.
  • Ability to formulate and apply diagnoses to understand the strengths and limitations of current diagnostic approaches.
  • Capacity for effective use of supervision to implement and enhance skills.

Question 5.
What is the typical format of a counselling interview?
Answer:
The format of a counselling interview is as follows:
Opening of the Interview:
The opening of the interview involves establishing rapport between two communicators. The purpose is to make the interviewee comfortable. Generally, the interviewer starts the conversation and does most of the talking at the outset. This serves two functions, i.e, it establishes the goal of the interview and gives the interviewee time to become comfortable with the situation and the interviewer.

Body of the Interview:
The body of the interview is the heart of the process. In this stage, the interviewer asks questions in an attempt to generate information and data that are required for the purpose.

The sequence of Questions:
To accomplish the purpose of an interview, the interviewer prepares a set of questions, also called a schedule, for different domains, or categories s/he wants to cover. To do this, the interviewer must first decide on the domains/ categories under which information is to be generated.

For example, in the questions used in job interviews, die interviewer selected several categories such as the nature of the organisation they last worked for, satisfaction with the past job, views on the product, etc. These categories and the questions within them are framed ranging from easy-to-answer to difficult-to-answer. Questions are also formulated to assess facts as well as subjective assessments.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Long Answer Questions Part-2

Question 6.
What do you understand by the term counselling? Explain the characteristics of an effective counsellor.
Answer:
Counselling provides a system for planning the interview, analysing the counsellor’s and client’s behaviour and determining the developmental impact on the client. In this section, we will discuss skills, concepts and methods that are designed to help develop concrete competencies. A counsellor is most often interested in building an understanding of the client’s problem by focusing on what understanding the client has of her/his problem and how s/he feels about it.

The actual or objective facts of the problems are considered less important, and it is considered more important to work on the feelings and their acknowledgement by the clients. The focus is more on the person and how s/he defines the problem.

The following elements about counselling are common to the major theoretical approaches to counselling:

  • Counselling involves responding to the feelings, thoughts and actions of the clients.
  • Counselling involves a basic acceptance of the client’s perceptions and feelings, without using any evaluative standards.
  • Confidentiality and privacy constitute essential ingredients in the counselling setting. Physical facilities that preserve this quality are important.
  • Counselling is voluntary. It takes place when a client approaches a counsellor. A counsellor never uses any kind of coercion for obtaining information.
  • Counsellors and clients both transmit and receive verbal and non-verbal messages during the process. Therefore, awareness and sensitivity to the nature of the message is an important prerequisites for a counsellor’s effectiveness.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Long Answer Questions Part-1

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Solutions Unit 3 Long Answer Questions Part-1.

CHSE Odisha 12th Class Psychology Unit 3 Long Answer Questions Part-1

Long Questions With Answers

Question 1.
What is a Group?
Answer:
The preceding introduction illustrates the importance of groups in our lives. One question that comes to mind is: “How are groups (e.g. your family, class and the group with which you play) different from other collections of people ?” For example, people who have assembled to watch a cricket match or your school function are at one place but are not interdependent on each other. They do not have defined roles, statuses and expectations from each other.

In the ease of your family, class and the group with which you play, you will realise that there is mutual interdependence, each member has roles, there are status differentials and there are expectations from each other. Thus, Think about your day-to-day life and the various social interactions you have. In the morning, before going to school, you interact with your family members; in school, you discuss topics and issues with your teachers and classmates and after school you phone up, visit or play with your friends.

In each of these instances, you are part of a group which not only provides you the needed support and comfort but also facilitates your growth and development as an individual. Have you ever been away to a place where you were without your family, school and friends? How did you feel? Did you feel there was something vital missing in your life? Our lives are influenced by the nature of the group members we have.

It is, therefore, important to be part of groups which would influence us positively and help us in becoming good citizens. In this chapter, we shall try to understand what groups are and how they influence our behaviour. At this point, it is also important to acknowledge that not only do others influence us, but we, as individuals, are also capable of changing others and society.

The benefits of cooperation and competition and how they influence our personal and social lives will also be examined. We will also see how identity develops—how we come to know ourselves. Similarly, we would try to understand why sometimes group conflicts arise; examine the perils of group conflict and apprise ourselves of various conflict resolution strategies so that we are able to contribute towards making a, harmonious and cohesive society.

Introduction:
Family, class and playgroup are examples of groups and are different from other collections of people. A group may be defined as an organised system of two or more individuals, who are interacting and interdependent, who have common motives, who have a set of role relationships among its members and who have norms that regulate the behaviour of its members.

Groups have the following salient characteristics:

A social unit consisting of two or more individuals who perceive themselves as belonging to the group. This characteristic of the group helps in distinguishing one group from the other and gives the group its unique identity. A collection of individuals who have common motives and goals. Groups function either working towards a given goal or away from certain threats facing the group.

A collection of individuals who are interdependent, i.e. what one is doing may have consequences for others. Suppose one of the fielders in a cricket team drops an important catch during a match—this will have consequences for the entire team. Individuals who are trying to satisfy a need through their joint association also influence each other.

A gathering of individuals who interact with one another either directly or indirectly. A collection of individuals whose interactions are structured by a set of roles mid norms. This means that the group members perform the same functions every time the group meets and the group members adhere to group norms. Norms tell us how we ought to behave in the group and specify the behaviours expected from group members.

Groups can be differentiated from other collections of people. For example, a crowd is also a collection of people who may be present at a place/situation by chance. Suppose you are going on the road and an accident takes place. Soon a large number of people tend to collect. This is an example of a crowd. There is neither any structure nor a feeling of belongingness in a crowd. The behaviour of people in crowds is irrational and there is no interdependence among members.

Teams are special kinds of groups. Members of teams often have complementary skills and are committed to a common goal Or purpose. Members are mutually accountable for their activities. In teams, there is a positive synergy attained through the coordinated efforts of the members. The main difference between groups and teams are: In groups, performance is dependent on the contributions of individual members.

In teams, both individual contributions and teamwork matter. In groups, the leader or whoever is heading the group holds responsibility for the work. However in teams, although there is a leader, members hold themselves responsible. An audience is also a collection of people who have assembled for a special purpose, maybe to watch a cricket match or a movie.

Audiences are generally passive but sometimes they go into a frenzy and become mobs. In mobs, there is a definite sense of purpose. There is polarization in attention and the actions of persons are in a common direction. Mob behaviour is characterised by the homogeneity of thought and behaviour as well as impulsivity.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Long Answer Questions Part-1

Question 2.
Why Do People Join Groups?
Answer:
All of you are members of your family, class and groups with which you interact or play. Similarly, other people are also members of a number of groups at any given time. Different groups satisfy different needs and therefore, we are simultaneously members of different groups. This sometimes creates pressure for us because there may be competing demands and expectations. Most often we are able to handle these competing demands and expectations. People join groups because these groups satisfy a range of needs. In general, people join groups for the following reasons :

Security:
When we are alone, we feel insecure. Groups reduce this insecurity. Being with people gives a sense of comfort and protection. As a result, people feel stronger, and are less vulnerable to threats.

Status :
When we are members of a group that is perceived to be important by others, we feel recognised and experience a sense of power. Suppose your school wins in an interinstitutional debate competition, you feel proud and think that you are better than others.

Self-esteem :
Groups provide feelings of self-worth and establish a positive social identity. Being a member of prestigious groups enhances one’s self-concept.

Satisfaction of one’s psychological and social needs:
Groups satisfy one’s social and psychological needs such as sense of belongingness, giving and receiving attention, love and power through a group. .

Goal achievement:
Groups help in achieving such goals which cannot be attained individually. There is power in the majority.

Provide knowledge and information:
Group membership provides knowledge and information and thus broadens our view. As individuals, we may not have all the required information. Groups supplement this information and knowledge.

Group Formation
In this section, we will see how groups are formed. Basic to group formation is some contact and some form of interaction between people. This interaction is facilitated by the following conditions:

Proximity:
Just think about your group of friends. Would you have been friends if you were not living in the same colony, or going to the same school, or may be playing in the same playground? Probably your answer would be ‘No’. Repeated interactions with the same set of individuals give us a chance to know them and their interests and attitudes. Common interests, attitudes and background are important determinants of your liking for your group members.

Similarity:
Being exposed to someone over a period of time makes us assess our similarities and paves the way for the formation of groups. Why do we like people who are similar? Psychologists have given several explanations for this. One explanation is that people prefer consistency and like relationships that are consistent. When two people are similar, there is consistency and they start liking each other.

For example, if you like playing football and another person in your class also loves playing football; there is a matching of your interests. There are higher chances that you may become friends. Another explanation given by psychologists is that when we meet similar people, they reinforce and validate our opinions and values, we feel we are right and thus we start liking them.

Suppose you are of the opinion that too much watching of television is not good, because it shows too much violence. You meet someone who also has similar views. This validates your opinion, and you start liking the person who was instrumental in validating your opinion.

Common motives and goals :
When people have common motives or goals, they get together and form a group which may facilitate their goal attainment. Suppose you want to teach children in a slum area who are unable to go to school. You cannot do this alone because you have your own studies and homework. You, therefore, form a group of like-minded friends and start teaching these children. So you have been able to achieve what you could not have done alone.

Stages of Group FormationRcmember that, like everything else in life, groups develop. You do not become a group member the moment you come together. Groups usually go through different stages of formation, conflict, stabilisation, performance and dismissal. Tuckman suggested that groups pass through five developmental sequences. These are: forming, storming, norming, performing and adjourning.

When group members first meet, there is a great deal of uncertainty about the group, the goal and how it is to be achieved. People try to know each other and assess whether they will fit in. There is excitement as well as apprehension. This stage is called the forming stage. Often, after this stage, there is a stage of intragroup conflict which is referred to as storming.

In this stage, there is conflict among members about how the target of the group is to be achieved, who is to control the group and its resources and who is to perform what task. When this stage is complete, some sort of hierarchy of leadership in the group develops and a clear vision as to how to achieve the group goal. The storming stage is followed by another stage known as norming. Group members by this time develop norms related to group behaviour.

This leads to the development of a positive group identity. The fourth stage is performing. By this time, the structure of the group has evolved and is accepted by group members. The group moves towards achieving the group goal. For some groups, this may be the last stage of group development. However, for some groups, for example, in the case of an organising committee for a school function, there may be another stage known as adjourning stage.

In this stage, once the function is over, the group may be disbanded. However, it must be stated that all groups do not always proceed from one stage to the next in such a systematic manner. Sometimes several stages go on simultaneously, while in other instances groups may go back and forth through the various stages or they may just skip some of the stages. During the process of group formation, groups also develop a structure.

We should remember that group structure develops as members interact Over time this interaction shows regularities in the distribution of task to be performed, responsibilities assigned to members and the prestige or relative status of members. Four important elements of group structure are : Roles are socially defined expectations that individuals in a given situation are expected to fulfil. Roles refer to the typical behaviour that depicts a person in a given social context.

You have the role of a son or a daughter and with this role, there are certain role expectations, i.e. including the behaviour expected of someone in a particular role. As a daughter or a son, you are expected to respect elders, listen to them and be responsible towards your studies. Norms are expected standards of behaviour and beliefs established, agreed upon, and enforced by group members. They may be considered as a group’s ‘unspoken rules’.

In your family, there are norms that guide the behaviour of family members. These norms represent shared, ways of viewing the world. Status refers to the relative social position given to group members by others. This relative position or status may be either ascribed (given may be because of one’s seniority achieved the person has achieved status because of expertise or hard work. By being members of the group, we enjoy the status associated with that group.

All of us, therefore, strive to be members of such groups which are high in status or are viewed favourably by others. Even within a group, different members have different prestige and status. For example, the captain of a cricket team has a higher status compared to the other members, although all are equally important for the team’s success. Cohesiveness refers to togetherness, binding, or mutual attraction among group members.

As the group becomes more cohesive, group members start to think, feel and act as a social unit and less like isolated individuals. Members of a highly cohesive group have a greater desire.to remain in the group in comparison to those who belong to low cohesive groups. Cohesiveness refers to the team spirit or ‘we feeling’ or a sense of belongingness to the group.

It is difficult to leave a cohesive group or to gain membership of a group which is highly cohesive. Extreme cohesiveness, however, may sometimes not be in a group’s interest. Psychologists have identified the phenomenon of groupthink (see Box 7.1) which is a consequence of extreme cohesiveness.

Type Of Groups:
Groups differ in many respects some have a large number of members (e.g., a country), some are small (e.g., a family), some are short-lived (e.g., a committee), some remain together for many years (e.g., religious groups), some are highly organised (e.g., army, police, etc.) and others are informally organised (e.g., spectators of a match). People may belong to different types of groups. Major types of groups are enumerated below:

  • primary and secondary groups
  • formal and informal groups
  • ingroup and outgroup.

Primary and Secondary Groups:
A major difference between primary and secondary groups is that primary groups are pre-existing formations which are usually given to the individual whereas secondary groups are those that the individual joins by choice. Thus, family, caste and religion are primary groups whereas membership of a political party is an example of a secondary group. In a primary group, there is face-to-face interaction, members have close physical proximity and they share warm emotional bonds.

Primary groups are central to an individual’s functioning and have a very major role in developing the values and ideals of the individual during the early stages of development. In contrast, secondary groups are those where relationships among members are more impersonal, indirect and less frequent. In the primary group, boundaries are less permeable, i.e. members do not have the option to choose its membership as compared to secondary groups where it is easy to leave and join another group.

Formal and Informal Groups:
These groups differ in the degree to which the functions of the group are stated explicitly and formally. The functions of a formal group are explicitly stated as in the case of an official organisation. The roles to be performed by group members are stated in an explicit manner. The formal and informal groups differ on the basis of structure.

The formation of formal groups is based on some specific rules or laws and members have definite roles. There are a set of norms which help in establishing order. A university is an example of a formal group. On the other hand, the formation of informal groups is not based on rules or laws and there is a close relationship among members.

Ingroup and Outgroup:
Just as individuals compare themselves with others in terms of similarities and differences with respect to what they have and what others have, individuals also’ compare the group they belong to with groups of which they are not a member. The term ‘ingroup’ refers to one’s own group and ‘outgroup’ refers to another group. For ingroup members, we use the word ‘we’ while for outgroup members, the word ‘they’ is used.

By using the words they and we, one is categorising people as similar or different. It has beefy-found that persons in the ingroup are generally supposed to be similar, are viewed favourably and have desirable traits. Members of the outgroup are viewed differently and are often perceived negatively in comparison to the ingroup members. Perceptions of ingroup and outgroup affect our social lives.

These differences can be easily understood by studying Tajfel’s experiments given in Box 7.2. Although it is common to make these categorisations, it should be appreciated that these categories are not real and are created by us. In some cultures, plurality is celebrated as has been the case in India. We have a unique composite culture which is reflected not only in the lives we live but also in our art, architecture and music.

Influence Of Group On Individual Behaviour:
We have seen that groups are powerful as they are able to influence the behaviour of individuals. What is the nature of this influence? What impact does the presence of others have on our performance? We will discuss two situations:

  • an individual performing an activity alone in the presence of others (social facilitation) and
  • an individual performing an activity along with others as part of a larger group (social loafing).
    Since social facilitation has been briefly discussed in Chapter 6, we would try to understand the: phenomenon of social loafing in this section.

Social Loafing:
Social facilitation research suggests that the presence of others leads to arousal and can motivate individuals to enhance their performance if they are already good at solving something. This enhancement occurs when a person’s efforts are individually evaluated. What would happen if the efforts of an individual in a group are pooled so that you look at the performance of the group as a whole?

Do you know what often happens? It has been found that individuals work less hard in a group than they do when performing alone. This points to a phenomenon referred to as ‘social loafing’. Social Loafing is a reduction in individual effort when working on a collective, task, i.e. one in which outputs are pooled with those of other group members. An example of such a task is the game of tug-of-war.

It is not possible for you to identify how much force each member of the team has been exerting. Such situations give opportunities to group members to relax and become free riders. This phenomenon has been demonstrated in many experiments by Latane and his associates who asked a group of male students to clap or cheer as loudly as possible as they (experimenters) were interested in knowing how much noise people make in social settings.

They varied the group size; individuals were either alone, or in groups of two, four and six. The results of the study showed that although the total amount of noise rose up, as size increased, the amount of noise produced by each participant dropped. In other words, each participant put in less effort as the group size increased. Why does social loafing occur?

The explanations offered are:

  • Group members feel less responsible for the overall task being performed and therefore exert less effort.
  • The motivation of members decreases because they realise that their contributions will not be evaluated on an individual basis.
  • The performance of the group is not to be compared with other groups.
  • There is improper coordination (or no coordination) among members.
  • Belonging to the same group is not important for members. If is only an aggregate of individuals. Social loafing may be reduced by:
  • Making the efforts of each person identifiable.
  • Increasing the pressure to work hard (making group members committed to successful task performance).
  • Increasing the apparent importance or value of a task.
  • Making people feel that their individual contribution is important.
  • Strengthening group cohesiveness increases the motivation for successful group outcomes.

Group Polarisation:
We all know that important decisions are taken by groups and not by individuals Kelman distinguished three forms of social influence, viz. compliance, identification, and internalisation. In compliance, there are external conditions that force the individual to accept the influence of the significant other. Compliance also refers to behaving in a particular way in response to a request made by someone.

Thus, in the example described above, you may sign the letter with the thought that you were accepting to a request, not because you agree with other students, but because you have been requested to do so by a significant member. This would be a case of compliance also called ‘external/public conformity’. Compliance could take place even without a norm.

For example, a member of a community group for ‘clean environment’ requests you to put a sticker on your bike that reads, ‘Say No to Plastic Bags’. You agree to do so, not because of a group norm, or even because you personally believe in banning plastic bags, but because you see no harm or problem in putting such a sticker on your bike. At the same time, you find it easier to say ‘yes’ rather than ‘no’ to such a harmless (and eventually meaningful) request.

Identification, according to Kelman, refers to the influence process based on agreement-seeking or identity¬seeking. Internalisation, on the other hand, is a process based on information-seeking. Yet another form of behaviour is ‘obedience ’. A distinguishing feature of obedience is that such behaviour is a response to a person in authority. In the example given above, you may sign the letter more readily if a senior teacher or a student leader asks you to do so.

In such a situation, you are not necessarily following a group norm but rather carrying out an instruction or an order. The presence of an authority figure immediately makes this behaviour different from conformity. For instance, you may stop talking loudly in the classroom when the teacher asks you to keep quiet, but not when your classmate tells you to do the same thing.

We can see that there are some similarities between conformity, compliance and obedience, but there are also some differences. All three indicate the influence of others on an individual’s behaviour. Obedience is the most direct and explicit form of social influence, whereas compliance is less direct than obedience because someone has requested and thus you comply (here, the probability of refusal is there). Conformity is the most indirect form (you are conforming because you do not want to deviate from the norm).

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Long Answer Questions Part-1

Question 3.
What is The Autokinetic Effect?
Answer:
Sherif conducted a series of experiments to demonstrate how groups form their norms, and members make their judgments according to these norms. Participants were seated in a dark room and asked to concentrate on a point of light. After watching this point of light, each person was asked to estimate the distance through which the point had moved.

This kind of judgment had to be made over a number of trials. After each trial, the group was given information about the average distance judged by the members. It was observed that on subsequent trials, subjects modified their judgments in a way that made them more similar to the group average. The interesting aspect of this experiment was that the point of light actually did not move at all.

The light was only seen as moving by the participant (therefore, the effect has been called the ‘autokinetic effect’). Yet in response to instructions from the experimenter, the participants not only judged the distance the light moved but also created a norm for this distance. Note that the participants were not given any information regarding the nature of change if any, in their judgments over trials.

Group Pressure and Conformity: The Asch Experiment 7.4
Asch examined how much conformity there would be when one member of a group experiences pressure from the rest of the group to behave in a specific way or to give a particular judgment. A group of seven persons participated in an experiment that was a ‘vision test’. There was actually only one true subject. The other six participants were associates of the experimenter or ‘confederates’ as they are called in social psychology.

These confederates were given instructions to give specific responses. Of course, this was not known to the true subject. All participants were shown a vertical line (standard line) that had to be compared with three vertical lines of different lengths, A, B and C (comparison lines). Participants had to state which of the comparison lines, A, B or C was equal to the standard line.

Standard Line Comparison Lines
ABC

When the experiment began, each participant, by turn, announced her/his answer. The first five persons gave wrong answers (as they had been instructed to do so). The true subject’s turn came last but one in each round. So the true subject had the experience of 5 persons giving incorrect answers before her/him. The last person (also a Confederate) gave the same incorrect answer as the first five persons.

Even if the true subject felt that these answers were incorrect, a norm had been presented to her/him. There were twelve trials. Did the true subject conform to the majority answer, or did she/he give her/his own judgments? It was observed that 67 per cent of subjects showed conformity, and gave the same incorrect answer as the majority. Remember that this was a situation in which the answers were to be given publicly.

Compliance:
It was stated earlier that compliance refers simply to behave in response to a request from another person or group even in the absence of a norm. A good example of compliance is the kind of behaviour shown when a salesperson comes to our door. Very often, this person comes with some goods that we really do not wish to buy.

Yet, sometimes to our own surprise, we find that the salesperson has spoken to us for a few minutes and the conversation has ended with a purchase of what he or she wished to sell. So why do people comply? In many situations, this happens because it is an easy way out of the situation. It is more polite and the other party is pleased. In other situations, there could be other factors at work. The following techniques have been found to work when someone waits for another person to comply.

The foot-in-the-door technique :
The person begins by making a small request that the other person is not likely to refuse. Once the other person carries out the request, a bigger request is made. Simply because the other person has already complied with the smaller request, he or she may feel uncomfortable refusing the second request. For example, someone may come to us on behalf of a group and give us a gift (something free), saying that it is for promotion. Soon afterwards, another member of the same group may come to us again and ask us to buy a product made by the group.

The deadline technique :
In this technique, a ‘last date’ is announced until which a particular product or ‘an offer’ will be available. The aim is to make people ‘hurry’ and make the purchase before they miss the rare opportunity. It is more likely that people will buy a product under this deadline condition than if there is no such deadline.

The door-in-the-face technique:
In this technique, you begin with a large request and when this is refused a later request for something smaller, the one that was actually desired, is made, which is usually granted by the person.

Obedience :
When compliance is shown to instruction or order from a person in authority, such as parents, teachers, leaders, or policemen, that behaviour is called obedience Why people show obedience is easy to understand. Most often it is because if we disobey, some punishment might follow. Sometimes, it is because we believe that persons in authority must be obeyed. People in authority have effective means of enforcing their orders.

Milgram conducted an experiment to show that individuals obey commands from people who are strangers. The experimenter informed the respondents in the study that they were participating in an experiment to study the effects of punishment on learning. The experiment was conducted in pairs. One person in each pair was the “learner”, whose work was to memorise pairs of words.

The other participant was the “teacher”, who would read these words aloud and punish the learner when she/he made errors by giving her/him a shock. The learner would make errors according to prearranged instructions. The teacher was asked to deliver a shock each time the learner made errors. The teacher was further told to increase the strength of the shock each time the learner made an error.

In reality, no shocks were given. The instructions were so arranged that the teacher was faced with a dilemma — should she/he continue shocks even when they were increasingly painful? The experimenter kept on motivating the teacher to continue. In all, 65 per cent showed total obedience. Some participants, however, protested and asked the session to end. Milgram’s study suggests that even ordinary people are willing to harm an innocent person if ordered by someone in authority.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Long Answer Questions Part-1

Question 4.
Why do people obey even when they know that their behaviour is harming others?
Answer:
Psychologists have identified several reasons for this. Some of these reasons are:

  • People obey because they feel that they are not responsible for their own actions, they are simply carrying out orders from the authority.
  • Authority generally possesses symbols of status (e.g., uniform, title) which people find difficult to resist.
  • Authority gradually increases commands from lesser to greater levels and initial obedience binds the followers for commitment. Once you obey small orders, slowly there is an escalation of commitment for the person who is in authority and one starts obeying bigger orders.

Determinants of Cooperation and Competition:
What factors determine whether people will cooperate or compete? Some of the important ones are given below:

Reward structure:
Psychologists believe that whether people will cooperate or compete will depend on the reward structure. A cooperative reward structure is one in which there is promotive interdependence. Each is a beneficiary of the reward and the reward is possible only if all contribute. A competitive reward structure is one in which one can get a reward only if others do not get it.

Interpersonal communication:
When there is good interpersonal communication, then cooperation is the likely consequence. Communication facilitates interaction and discussion. As a result, group members can convince each other and learn about each other.

Reciprocity:
Reciprocity means that people feel obliged to return what they get. Initial cooperation may encourage more cooperation. Competition may provoke more competition. If someone helps, you feel like helping that person; on the other hand, if someone refuses to help you when you need help, you would not like to help that person also.

Social Identity:
Have you ever asked the question “who am I ?” What was your answer to this question? Probably your answer was that you are a hard-working, happy-go-lucky girl/ boy. This answer tells you about your social identity which is one’s self-definition of who she/he is. This self-definition may include both personal attributes, e.g. hard working, happy-go-lucky, or attributes which you share with others, e.g. girl or boy.

Although some aspects of our identity are determined by physical characteristics, we may acquire other aspects as a consequence of our interaction with others in society. Sometimes we perceive ourselves as unique individuals and at other times we perceive ourselves as members of groups. Both are equally valid expressions of self. Our personal identities derived from views of ourselves as a unique individuals, and social identities derived from groups we perceive ourselves to be members of, are both important to us.

The extent to which we, define ourselves either at personal or at social levels is flexible. From your own experience; you would realise that identification with social groups can have a great deal of importance for your self-concept. How do you feel when India wins a cricket match? You feel elated and proud. You feel so because of your social identity as an Indian. Social identity is, thus, that aspect of our self-concept which is based on our group membership.

Social identity places us, i.e. tells us what and where we are in the larger social context and thus helps us to locate ourselves in society. You have a social identity of a student of your school. Once you have this identity as a student of your school, you internalise the values emphasised in your school and make these values your own. You strive to fulfil the motto of your school.

Social identity provides members with a shared set of values, beliefs and goals about themselves and about their social world. Once you internalise the values of your school, this helps to coordinate and regulate your attitudes and behaviour. You work hard for your school to make it the best school in your city/state. When we develop a strong identity with our own group, the categorisation as ingroup and outgroup become salient.

The group with which you identify yourself becomes the ingroup and others become the outgroup. The negative aspect of this ownership group and outgroup categorisation is that we start showing favouritism towards our ingroup by rating it more favourably in comparison to the outgroup and begin devaluating the outgroup. This devaluation of the outgroup is the basis of a number of intergroup conflicts.

Intergroup Conflict: Nature And Causes:
Conflict is a process in which either an individual or a group perceives that others (individual or group) have opposing interests and both try to contradict each other. There is this intense feeling of an ‘other’ (also referred to as ‘they’). There is also a belief by both parties that the other will protect only its own interests; their (the other side’s) interests will, therefore, not be protected.

There is not only opposition of each other, but they also try to exert power on each other. Groups have been found to be more aggressive than individuals. This often leads to the escalation of conflict. All conflicts are mostly as there is a human price for them. In wars, there are both victories and defeats, but the human cost of war is far beyond all this. Various types of conflict are commonly seen in society, which turns out to be costly for both sides as well as for society. Mentioned below are some of the major reasons for group conflicts.

One major reason is the lack of communication and faulty communication by both parties. This kind of communication leads to suspicion, i.e. there is a lack of trust. Hence, conflict results. Another reason for intergroup conflict is relative deprivation. It arises when members of a group compare themselves with members of another group and perceive that they do not have what they desire to have, which the other group.

In other words, they feel that they are not doing well in comparison to other groups. This may lead to feelings of deprivation and discontentment, which may trigger off conflict. Another cause of conflict is one party’s belief that it is better than the other and that what it is saying should be done. When this does not happen, both parties start accusing each other.

One may often witness a tendency to magnify even smaller differences, thereby conflict gets escalated because every member wants to respect the norms of her/his group. A feeling that the other group does not respect the norms of my group and actually violates those norms because of malevolent intent. The desire for retaliation for some harm done in the past could be another reason for conflict. Biased perceptions are at the root of most conflicts.

As already mentioned earlier, feelings of ‘they’ and ‘we’ lead to biased perceptions. Research has shown that when acting in groups, people are more competitive as well as more aggressive than when they are on their own. Groups compete over scarce resources, both material resources, e.g, territory and money as well as social resources, e.g. respect and esteem. Perceived inequity is another reason for conflict. Equity refers to the distribution of rewards in proportion to an individual’s contributions, if:

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Solutions Unit 3 Objective & Short Answer Type Questions.

CHSE Odisha 12th Class Psychology Unit 1 Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Multiple Choice Questions With Answers

Question 1.
Tuckman suggested that groups pass through the developmental sequences. These are:
(a) forming, storming
(b) norming, performing, and adjourning
(c) only (a)
(d) both (a) and (b)
Answer:
(d) both (a) and (b)

Question 2.
The excitement and apprehension state is called the _____ stage.
(a) storming stage
(b) norming stage
(c) forming state
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(c) forming state

Question 3.
The storming state is followed by another stage known as ______.
(a) norming
(b) storming
(c) forming
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(a) norming

Question 4.
Major types of groups are:
(a) primary/secondary groups
(b) formal and informal groups
(c) ingroup and outgroup
(d) all the above
Answer:
(d) all the above

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 5.
The pre-existing formations whereas usually given to individuals that group called
(a) secondary
(b) primary
(c) only (a)
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) primary

Question 6.
Political party is an example of _____ group.
(a) secondary
(b) formal
(c) primary
(d) informal
Answer:
(a) secondary

Question 7.
Kalman distinguished three forms of social influence these are:
(a) compliance
(b) identification
(c) internalisation
(d) all the above
Answer:
(d) all the above

Question 8.
When Kolo observed that the technique line “minimal encourager” may not be used if the counselor had not listened attentively.
(a) 1997
(b) 1995
(c) 1996
(d) 1992
Answer:
(a) 1997

Question 9.
Four stages of the dynamic process:
(a) initial
(b) transition
(c) working
(d) all the above
Answer:
(d) all the above

Question 10.
In the year-1982 who observed that the skill of listening may surface as the only strategy needed in a helping relationship.
(a) Kolo
(b) Tuckman
(c) Okun
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(c) Okun

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

True/False Questions

Question 1.
Teams are special kinds of groups.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
Groups not reduce insecurity.
Answer:
False

Question 3.
The excitement as well as apprehension. This state is called the forming state.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
Intragroup conflict is called forming stage.
Answer:
True

Question 5.
The storming stage is followed by another stage known as norming.
Answer:
True

Question 6.
Status not refers to the relative social position given to group members by other.
Answer:

Question 7.
Cohesiveness refers to togetherness.
Answer:
True

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 8.
Secondary groups is individual joins by choice.
Answer:
True

Question 9.
Tuckman distinguished the 3 forms of social influence.
Answer:
False

Question 10.
Compliance is also called external/plastic conformity.
Answer:
True

Question 11.
Psychologists believe that whether people will cooperate will depend on the reward structure.
Answer:
True

Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
What is a Group?
Answer:
The preceding introduction illustrates the importance of groups in our lives. One question that comes to mind is: “How are groups (e.g., your family, class, and the group with which you play different from other collections of people ?” For example, people who have assembled to watch a cricket match or your school function are at one place but are not interdependent on each other.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 2.
Define the characteristics of the group.
Answer:
A social unit consisting of two or more individuals who perceive themselves as belonging to the group. This characteristic of the group helps in distinguishing one group from the other and gives the group its unique identity. A collection of individuals who have common motives and goals. Groups function either working towards a given goal or away from certain threats facing the group.

Question 3.
What is Teams?
Answer:
Teams are special kinds of groups. Members of teams often have complementary skills and are committed to a common goal or purpose. Members are mutually accountable for their activities. In teams, there is a positive synergy attained through the coordinated efforts of the members

Question 4.
What is Proximity?
Answer:
Just think about your group of friends. Would you have been friends if you were not living in the same colony, going to the same School, or maybe playing in the same playground? Probably your answer would be ‘No’. Repeated interactions with the same set of individuals give us a chance to know them, and their interests and attitudes. Common interests, attitudes, and backgrounds are important determinants of your liking for your group members.

Question 5.
What is The Autokinetic Effect?
Answer:
Sherif conducted a series of experiments to demonstrate how groups form their norms and members make their judgments according to these norms. Participants were seated in a dark room and asked to concentrate on a point of light. After watching this point of light, each person was asked to estimate the distance through which the point had moved. This kind of judgment had to be made over a number of trials. After each trial, the group was given information about the average distance judged by the members.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 6.
The deadline technique :
Answer:
In this technique, the last date is announced until which a particular product or ‘an offer will be available. The aim is to make people ‘hurry’ and make the purchase before they miss the rare opportunity. It is more likely that people will buy a product under this deadline condition than if there is no such deadline.

Question 7.
Developing Effective Relationships
Answer:
For most people who seek help from a counselor, effective or satisfying relationships are almost non-existent or infrequent. Since the change in behavior is often created and supported by a network of social support, it is essential for clients to start developing more positive relationships with other persons. The counseling relationship is the initial vehicle through which this begins. Like all of us, counselors to are not perfect, but they are trained in developing more healthy and helpful relationships than others.

Question 8.
Authenticity:
Answer:
Your image or perception of yourself makes up your “I”. The self-perceived “I” is revealed through ideas, words, actions, clothing, and lifestyle. All of these communicate your “I” to others. Those who come into close contact with you also build their own image of you for themselves.

Question 9.
Paraphrasing:
Answer:
This skill has already been discussed in the section on communication earlier. You will recall that this involves the ability of a counselor to reflect on what the client says and feels using different words.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
Working Stage/Phase:
Answer:
This is the second stage/phase of the counseling process. As the title suggests, it is the stage where the counselor fully engages the client in a discussion about what to do and how it will be done concerning the problem of the client. If the client has not disclosed his/her mission in the first stage, the counselor now asks the client. He uses questioning techniques to make the client open up.

Questions such as; Are you okay? Can I help you? What is the matter? What has brought you to my office? The client now responds. The counselor having listened to the client will suggest different techniques depending on the nature of the problem presented on how the problem can be handled. The counselor uses techniques such as responding, exploring, restatement, interpretation, confrontation, unconditional positive regard, empathy, silence, and catharsis to diagnose the problem.

Also, it is during this stage that the goals for counseling are set by the client and counselor. The counselor here tells the client that counseling aids such as cassettes, radio, video, and tape recorders may be used and the purpose for using them will be explained to the client.

Question 2.
What is The Autokinetic Effect?
Answer:
Sherif conducted a series of experiments to demonstrate how groups form their norms and members make their judgments according to these norms. Participants were seated in a dark room and asked to concentrate on a point of light. After watching this point of light, each person was asked to estimate the distance through which the point had moved. This kind of judgment had to be made over a number .of trials.

After each trial, the group was given information about the average distance judged by the members. It was observed that in subsequent trials, subjects modified their judgments in a way that made them more similar to the group average. The interesting aspect of this experiment was that the point of light actually did not move at all.

The light was only seen as moving by the participant (therefore, the effect has been called the ‘autokinetic effect’). Yet in response to instructions from the experimenter, the participants not only judged the distance the light moved but also created a norm for this distance. Note that the participants were not given any information regarding the nature of change, if any, in their judgments over trials.

Question 3.
The foot-in-the-door technique.
Answer:
The person begins by making a small request that the other person is not likely to refuse. Once the other person carries out the request, a bigger request is made. Simply because the other person has already complied with the smaller request, he or she may feel uncomfortable refusing the second request. For example, someone may come to us on behalf of a group and give us a gift (something free), saying that it is for promotion. Soon afterward, another member of the same group may come to us again, and ask us to buy a product made by the group.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 4.
Ethics of Counselling.
Answer:
In recent years, counselors have taken important steps to develop their professional identity. A critical criterion for any professional group is the development and implementation of appropriate ethical standards. Social workers, marriage counselors, family therapists, and psychologists — all have their ethical codes. Awareness of ethical standards and codes is extremely important because counseling is a part of the service sector.

Not following ethical standards may have legal implications. While learning about the competencies of a counselor, it is important for you to relationship is built on ethical practice. The American Psychological Association (APA) has developed a code of ethical conduct for behavior and decision-making in actual clinical settings. The practical knowledge of these ethical domains can guide the practice of counseling in achieving its desired purpose.

Some of the APA practice guidelines are:
Knowledge of ethical/professional codes, standards, and guidelines, and knowledge of statutes, rules, regulations, and case law relevant to the practice of psychology. Recognize and analyze ethical and legal issues across the range of professional activities in the clinical setting. Recognize and understand the ethical dimensions/features of her/his own attitudes and practice in the clinical setting.

Question 5.
Group Dynamic Process.
Answer:
This process starts with giving the members certain rules that will guide their participation in the group. It could be verbal or written. Each member has to be committed to this guide as it serves as the guiding rule.

  • Members are to avoid any drugs during or before the meeting.
  • Members are expected to be punctual and regular to meetings.
  • Members should not engage in any illicit sexual relationship with the opposite sex in the group.
  • Members must avoid smoking during sessions.
  • Confidentiality must be maintained by all members.
  • Physical violence must be guided and verbally abusive language should be avoided.
  • Members are given a list of their rights and responsibilities and what is expected of them before they join the group.
  • Children and adolescents must produce written consent from their parents and guardians.
  • Before anyone drops out of the group, he should notify the leader and discuss in the group before leaving.
    The next step in group process dynamics is the stages involved in the process. Four stages are identified here.

Question 6.
What is Authenticity?
Answer:
Your image or perception of yourself makes up your “I”. The self-perceived “I” is revealed through ideas, words, actions, clothing, and lifestyle. All of these communicate your “I” to others. Those who come into close contact with you also build their own image of you for themselves and they also sometimes communicate this image to you.

For example, friends tell you what they like and dislike about you. Your teachers and parents praise and/ or criticize you. You are also evaluated by persons you respect. These collective judgments by people you respect, also called significant others’, develop into a ‘me’. This other perceived ‘me’ is the person that others perceive you to be.

This perception may be the same as or different from your own self-perception of T. The degree to which you are aware of these perceptions of others as well as of your own perception of yourself indicates that you are self-aware. Authenticity means that your behavioral expressions are consistent with what you value and the way you feel and relate to your inner self-image.

Question 7.
What is Compliance?
Answer:
It was stated earlier that compliance refers simply to behave in response to a request from another person or group even in the absence of a norm. A good example of compliance is the kind of behavior shown when a salesperson comes to our door. Very often, this person comes with some goods that we really do not wish to buy.

Yet, sometimes to our own surprise, we find that the salesperson has spoken to us for a few minutes and the conversation has ended with a purchase of what he or she wished to sell. So why do people comply? In many situations, this happens because it is an easy way out of the situation. It is more polite and the other party is pleased. In other situations, there could be other factors at work. The following techniques have been found to work when someone wants another person to comply.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Psychology Unit 3 Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 8.
Define Ingroup and Outgroup.
Answer:
Just as individuals compare themselves with others in terms of similarities and differences with respect to what they have and what others have, individuals also compare ‘ the group they belong to with groups of which they are not a member. The term ‘ingroup’ refers to one’s own group and ‘outgroup’ refers to another group.

For ingroup members, we use the word ‘we’ while for outgroup members, the word ‘they’ is used. By using the words they had, one is categorizing people as similar or different. It has been found that persons in the ingroup are generally supposed to be similar, are viewed favorably, and have desirable traits. Members of the outgroup are viewed differently and are often perceived negatively in comparison to the ingroup members.

Perceptions of ingroup and outgroup affect our social lives. These differences can be easily understood by studying Taj fee’s experiments given in Box 7.2. Although it is common to make these categorizations, it should be appreciated that these categories are not real and are created by us. In some cultures, plurality is celebrated as has been the case in India. We have a unique composite culture that is reflected not only in the lives we live but also in our art, architecture, and music.

Question 9.
What is Social Loafing?
Answer:
Social facilitation research suggests that the presence of others leads to arousal and can motivate individuals to enhance their performance if they are already good at solving something. This enhancement occurs when a person’s efforts are individually evaluated. What would happen if the efforts of an individual in a group are pooled so that you look at the performance of the group as a whole? Do you know what often happens?

It has been found that individuals work less hard in a group than they do when performing alone. This points to a phenomenon referred to as ‘social loafing’. Social loafing is a reduction in individual effort when working on a collective task, i.e. one in which outputs are pooled with those of other group members. An example of such a task is the game of tug-of-war. It is not possible for you to identify how much force each member of the team has been exerting.

Such situations give opportunities to group members to relax and become a free riders. This phenomenon has been demonstrated in many experiments by Latane and his associates who asked a group of male students to clap or cheer as loudly as possible as they (experimenters) were interested in knowing how much noise people make in social settings.

Question 10.
Group Polarisation
Answer:
We all know that important decisions are taken by groups and not by individuals Kelman distinguished three forms of social influence, viz. compliance, identification, and internalization. In compliance, there are external conditions that force the individual to accept the influence of the significant other. Compliance also refers to behaving in a particular way in response to a request made by someone.

Thus, in the example described above, you may sign the letter with the thought that you were accepting the request, not because you agree with other students, but because you have been requested to do so by a significant member. This would be a case of compliance also called ‘external/public conformity ’. Compliance could take place even without a norm. For example, a member of a community group for a ‘clean environment’ requests you to put a sticker on your bike that reads, ‘ Say No to Plastic Bags’.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Political Science Unit 2 Basic Concept Long Answer Questions Part-2

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Political Science Solutions Unit 2 Basic Concept Long Answer Questions Part 2.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class Political Science Unit 2 Basic Concept Long Answer Questions Part-2

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Give a detail discussion of the various political rights guaranteed to individuals.
Answer:
Political right is one of the important rights of citizen without which human beings cannot manage to lead a civil life. Political rights are essential for the management of government. Various political rights of the citizens are discussed below.

Right to vote:
In a democratic government, normally free option is provided to share in the selection of the political party in whose hand the power of administration would be vested. It implies that every adult citizen should be provided the right of casting vote at the time of election which is restricted for aliens or the culprits. In modem days, democracy, right to vote is the only important way for the working of democracy. The right to vote of citizens provides the means and ways to be an active participant of the citizens.

Right to be Elected:
Right to be elected is the next important stage of popular participation in politics. The right to be elected refers that the law should not forbid any citizen from holding any public office, of course, there might be some sort of legal provisions for holding such public office on the basis of popular election. .

Right to Criticise the Government :
The dialogue was the basis of the ancient democracy existing in Greek city-states Accordingly, the present nation says that every policy and formulation of government should be subject to public scrutiny and criticism. Without right of criticizing the government, there must be an authoritarian trend in politics.

Right to Public Officers :
No citizen should be prohibited from holding public offices on the ground of religion, caste or color. Democracy believes that every human should be provided equal opportunities, None should be neglected on the discriminatory ground which would destroy the very principles of humanity and moral order.

Right to Petition :
Democratic legislature constituted on the basis of popular will is the best illustration of the forum for the ventilation of public grievances. So in a democracy, it has been provided constitutionally that every individual has free option to send a petition individually or collectively to the competent authority.

Right to Residence :
The Individual also enjoys the political right or the right to a residence which in other words would be termed as a permanent member of the state. This permanent membership or residence of an individual is exclusively reserved for citizens and is restricted for aliens who do not enjoy any political rights.

Right to Protection while Staying Abroad:
A citizen can seek the protection of his own life from the home state while staying abroad. Here the case of the repatriation of Indians. The Gulf countries during the tenure of V.P. Singh is a glaring example of the political staying abroad.

Right to Public Meeting:
Every citizen also possesses the right to public meetings and to form associations. A citizen should have a free option to express his opinion freely either may be through public meetings or by forming an association. Normally, the above-mentioned political rights are used to the best possible extent in a democratic setup of government. But in authoritarian states, those political rights are being misused and confused with duties and the collective interest of the society.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Political Science Unit 2 Basic Concept Long Answer Questions Part-2

Question 2.
Define Human Rights and discuss the various kinds of human rights.
Answer:
Human rights are today considered to be a symbol of a civilized community. These are natural rights, inherent in every individual. These rights are essential for human welfare and prosperity. These rights help man to meet his basic needs of life and to lead a dignified life. They enhance the status of individuals in society and provide him with safeguards that are necessary for the protection of individuals against the arbitrary authority of state.
Every individual, irrespective of social discrimination, enjoys this right. It is a moral right that belongs to individuals, not to any country. Therefore, after the establishment of the UN, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights was adopted and it requested all the nations to secure the guarantee of these rights.
Characteristics :

  • These rights are universal in character and valuable for all nations, communities and cultural groups.
  • The individual is the centre of human rights.
  • Human rights are safer in a democracy
  • These are related to development and welfare.

Kinds of Human Rights :
The human rights mentioned in the Universal Declaration can be classified into, civil political, economic and cultural human rights.

Civil Human Rights: Civil human rights include

  • the rights to life, liberty and personal security.
  • the rights to freedom from slavery and servitude.
  • the right to freedom from torture and cruel; inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment.
  • the right to equality before law.
  • the rights to an effective judicial remedy.
  • the right to a fair trial and public hearing by an independent and impartial tribunal.
  • the rights to be treated as innocent until proven guilty.
  • the right to freedom from arbitrary interference with one’s privacy, family, home 6r correspondence.
  • the rights to free movement, and
  • the right to property and family etc.

Political Human Rights: These political rights are available only in a democracy. These rights are

  • the right to asylum and nationality.
  • the right to freedom of speech and expression
  • the right to form associations and peaceful assembly
  • the right to take part in Govt, and
  • the rights to vote and equal access to public service etc.

Economic Hump Rights: Economic human rights include

  • the rights to work and reasonable payment.
  • the right to rest and leisure,
  • the right to a standard of living adequate for health and well-being and
  • the right to social security etc.

Cultural Human Rights: Cultural human rights help an individual to preserve and conserve his culture amidst cultural diversities. These rights include.

  • the rights to education and cultural protection,
  • the rights to participate in the cultural life of the community.
  • the right to enjoy the arts and share in scientific advancement and its benefits.
  • the right to protection of moral and material interests resulting from scientific literacy or artistic production and
  • the right to a social and inter-nation order in which these freedoms can be enjoyed. All these rights are to be enjoyed in conformity with the principles and purposes of the United Nations.

Question 3.
Describe the modes of violation and redressal of human rights.
Or, How human rights are violated? Suggest remedies.
Answer:
There is no one to enforce or safeguard these rights which are useful not only for individuals but also for society as a whole. Human rights are natural in origin, but it was only after the establishment of the United Nations that efforts are made to protect and safeguard them against violation.

Modes of Violation :
Violations of human rights are frequent in various parts of the world. No society or state can claim to be free from such a violation. The various modes of violation of human rights can be discussed below.

  • When one nation attacks another or invades another nation and forcefully occupies the territory of the other human rights are violated. The recent military action of the USA on Iraq is a bright example of human rights violation.
  • It can be violated by terrorism, aggressive nationalism and regionalism when people of one region or country try to disrupt normal life and peace in another. Pakistan supported terrorism in Kashmir, Al-Quai-da’s activities in Europe and USA, etc. are examples of human rights violations.
  • Establishment of military rule.
  • Colonial and imperial domination over backward people
  • Racial determinations practiced in South Africa
  • Conflicts between religious groups, racial groups and communal factions, tribal conflict and ethnic violence, etc. also lead to violation of human rights.
  • Slavery arid forced labor, inhuman treatment to women and backward classes
  • Child labor
  • Ill-treatment of prisoners of war and criminals in jail.
  • War, military expeditions, and use of atomic and chemic weapons, and
  •  Social evils, customs, and orthodoxy also lead to human rights violations.

Remedial Measures:
These are two different modes of remedies for the violation of human rights.

Punitive Remedy:
Those violating human rights must be punished severely and this fear of punishment will act as a safeguard to human rights.

Preventive Remedy :

  • A worldwide awareness program may be launched to generate consciousness among ordinary people about human rights, their value and the dangers of violation. The mass media, educational institutions and non Government organizations may be engaged in this type of activity.
  • There is a need of a law to make it obligatory on the part of individuals and institutions not to violate human rights.
  • The woman, children and backward classes must be given moral strength and encouragement to face the situation.
  • The Govt, officials responsible for such violations may be severely punished and the Govt must be accountable for such acts.
  • The human rights commission set up at different levels must work sincerely in that direction. These are Useful arid valuable both for individuals and society so they must be protected with care.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Political Science Unit 2 Basic Concept Long Answer Questions Part-2

Question 4.
Define citizens and discuss the methods of Acquisition of citizenship.
Answer:
Citizens are the residents of democracy. They are permanent residents of a state and they discharge their responsibilities properly. They enjoy all rights and privileges granted by the state and discharge obligations towards the state and other associations.
‘Citizenships’ refers to the qualities of citizens in a democratic society. A citizen is a person who resides in a state owes allegiance to the state and is protected by the state. He discharges his duties to the state and society and always gives priority to common internals over personal ones. All civil, political, and economic rights are available to a citizen.

Acquisition of Citizenship:
Citizenship can be acquired in two ways

  1. Natural Process and
  2. Naturalization

Natural process:
In the natural process, citizenship is acquired by birth. It is governed by two principles. Jus Soli and Jus Sanguinis.

Jus Soli (Rule of Place of Birth):
According to this principle, citizenship can be acquired as per one’s place of birth. That means a child born in a state becomes a citizen of that state, if he or she is born in a foreign country he or she will become a citizen of that country irrespective of his or her parental citizenship. This principle is followed in Japan and Argentina.

Jus Sanguinis (Rule of Blood Relationship):
As per this principle, the citizenship of a child is determined on the basis of the citizenship of his parents irrespective of the place of birth. France, Italy, Germany and India follow this principle.

Naturalization:
Naturalization means a formal process of bestowing citizenship on noncitizens. In this process, one has to apply to the Head of State on certain specific grounds and with the approval of the government, he or she can be conferred with citizenship. This process differs from state to state. In naturalization, there are certain conditions and an alien applying for citizenship must satisfy at least one such condition or else he will not be granted with citizenship. These conditions are as follows.

According to Plato “Justice consists in allocating to each individual functions for which he is best fitted in accordance with his natural fitness and training”. Aristotle interpreted justice in the sense of fairness and equality. According to Benn and Peters, “Justice is to treat all men alike except where there are relevant differences between them. Charles Merriam defines justice as, “Consisting of a system of understanding and procedures through which each is accorded what is agreed upon as fair. Barker treats justice as the synthesis of Political values.”

Thus, justice can be explained from a broad and narrow point of view, Broadly, speaking justice is eternal and absolute which is infallible and unchangeable. It is determined according to social needs and circumstances. But from a narrow point of view justice is associated with the legal system and legal process in society. It is concerned with the protection and maintenance of the rights and obligations of individuals by an independent and impartial juridical system.

Types of justice: Justice can be classified into legal, social, economic and political, etc.
Legal justice :
Legal justice means lawyers’ conception of justice. It is associated with the legal system and the judicial process. This type of justice can be realized through the instrumentality of laws. Justice of this nature demands that, the laws of the state should be reasonably fair and proper and every individual should get justice according to the rule of law as opposed to the arbitrary will of men, legal justice stressed upon independent and impartial judiciary and equality before law. Legal justice demands that the laws, the judges and the judiciary must be free from corruption and outside pressures.

Social Justice :
Social justice implies the absence of discrimination among individuals on artificial grounds social justice is related to the general welfare of the community and the state should take steps to promote the interests of the weaker sections of society. Social justice is a balance between individual rights and social control ensuring the fulfillment of the legitimate expectations of the individual under the existing laws and assuring benefits consistent with the unity of the nation and the needs of the society. Again social justice implies that, in case of conflict between social and individual interests, the common interest must prevail. Allen criticized social justice as vague and confusing. Sometimes, it implies the distribution of wealth and equality of opportunity.

Political justice :
Political justice implies that, the people should be given a chance of fair and free participation in the political life of the country. By the provision of universal adult franchise, people are able to participate in the election of their representatives. Grant of equal Political rights and opportunities to influence the policies of the government is a condition of Political justice.

Political Justice further demands that :

  • Elections must be free, fair, and regular
  • There must be a rule of law as opposed to the rule of men.
  • Freedom of speech, expression, assembly, petition, and criticism must be given to all.
  • The judiciary must be independent and deliver impartial justice guaranteeing individual rights.
  • The press must be free to organize public opinion.
  • And the state of Govt must be free from the external pressures of foreign countries.

Economic justice :
Economic justice is the foundation of all other kinds of justice. It seeks to eliminate economic exploitation of the rich to tire poor by providing the basic minimum needs of every individual in society. National every one is treated equally the economy should be so shaped that the benefits are shared by the maximum number of people. Lask defining economic justice has said, no ma I can be entitled to a house of twenty-one rooms until all people are adequately housed. One man even in that environment is not entitled, to a house of twenty rooms because his father is an advocate or an industrial. Economic justice aims at the reduction of the gap between rich and poor and the principle of equal pay for equal work must prevail.
Economic justice further demands that :

  • Every citizen shall get a right to adequate means of livelihood.
  • Distribution of ownership and control of wealth to achieve the common good.
  • The state shall take steps toward social security.
  • The state must take care to promote the socio-economic and educational interests of the weaker sections.
  • And equality in matters of employment, etc.
  • Thus justice can prevail in a society where there is social, economic, political, and legal justice.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Political Science Unit 2 Basic Concept Long Answer Questions Part-2

Question 5.
Write an essay on Social Justice.
Answer:
The concept of social justice is an essential element of the welfare state. The term is used to denote the organization of society on the basis of ideas of equality and fairness. Social justice seeks to erect a social order in which Social justice is closely related to social equality. It believes in the elimination of inequality and privileges based on birth, wealth, status, religion, sex or color. According to G.D. H. cole, social justice is a way of life ensuring equality in status and opportunities in all aspects of the social life of individuals.
Social justice is related to social equality and social rights. In a liberal democracy, social justice seeks to remove exploitation, oppression, and discrimination.

Nature:

  • Social justice reduces inequality and removes special privileges by positive state action.
  • It creates a just and fair social order.
  • It gives special protection to the weaker sections and backward classes like, scheduled castes and scheduled tribes women and children.
  • It makes a balance between individual rights and social control.
  • Social justice enjoins upon the state to undertake far-reaching welfare measures to improve a lot of the lower classes.

A welfare state in order to maintain social justice introduces social security measures providing unemployment & sickness allowance- old age pensions, maternity benefits, and accident insurance etc. It allowances equitable distribution of goods and commodities and equal opportunity is given for all aspects of life irrespective of social classes or distinctions.

Social justice in India:
The Indian constitution has introduced a series of measures to ensure social justice.

  • The Fundamental Rights and the Directives seek to ensure social justice.
  • The Constitution has abolished discrimination on grounds of religion caste, sex or place of birth.
  • Untouchability is abolished under Art 14.
  • Art 23 prohibits forced labor. The exploitation of backward classes illegal use of women and child labor.
  • The interests of minorities are protected under Art. 29.
  •  Art. 42 directs the state to provide just and humane conditions of work and . maternity relief. The Govt takes special care for the education and economic interests of the children of the backward classes, and to save them from exploitation and justice.
  • The Govt provides for the reservation of seats for S.C. and S.T. in order to promote social justice.
  • The Govt has introduced economic planning and given the backward classes social status economic security, and a share in political power.

Question 6.
Define secularism and discuss the western and Indian approaches to secularism
Or, Distinguish between western and Indian aspects of secularism.
Answer:
The term secularism was used for the first time in 185.1 by Holyoke in its Latin
form speculum, this means that the activities of the state must be free from the influence of religion. In the ordinary sense, secularism implies equal treatment to religion and being tolerant towards any religion. As far as the interpretation of the term is concerned the word secularism is interpreted in the west in a different way from that of India. The difference in this approach may be explained below.

Secularism in India:
Indian secularism contains the following features:

  • Secularism in India is commonly used to mean equal treatment to religions.
  • It believes in the coexistence Of all religions and tolerance towards all religious faith.
  • In India the” majority religious communities exercise their superiority over minority communities.
  • It does not give scope for religious discrimination, or inequality of exploitation. The exploitation of women & backward classes is strongly resented by secular forces.
  • Secularism allows everybody to accept any religion of his own choice and to reject it at will. Every religious community is given full freedom to practice and propagate its religious values and ideas, and to perform religious rights and ceremonies.
  • The state has no religion of its own, but it can initiate religious reforms for the abolition of child marriage or untouchability.
  • The state never tolerates religious atrocities. Every religious community shall have the liberty in India to preserve its culture by establishing its own educational institution. But, the state is nor completely from religious pulls and pressures.

Western Secularism:
The basic features of western secularism may be discussed below:

  • In the western world, there is no state religion nor the state patronize any religion.
  • The state remains completely free from religious influence. It neither interferes in the freedom of religion of the people nor allows religious principles to guide state activities.
  • No state policy or program violates the religious freedom of the people.
  • The state does not provide any grant to any religious institution nor does it obstruct the activities of any religious institutions.
  • Religion is considered purely a private affair. No religious community enjoys special status in the west. The state does not tolerate religious exploitation or oppression. However, the basic difference between the two approaches is that while in the western state and religion remain completely detached in our country it is only in pen and paper. In India, there are enough examples of appeasement to religious communities by the government for securing political support. Further, in our country, secularism is used mostly as a vote-catching slogan but that never happens in the west.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Political Science Unit 2 Basic Concept Long Answer Questions Part-2

Question 7.
Define development and discuss the various models of development.
Or, Write an essay on the models of development.
Answer:
Development is a continuous process of growth. It is a progression from a simpler to a more advanced or complex form of society. It includes all aspects of human growth like, including physical, mental, intellectual, social, and economic development.

Origin :
The process of development started in the post world war era. It was first of set in Europe and western countries and the process thereafter followed in other parts of the world. Depending on the process of development the western states were called developed nations and the states of Asia and Africa developed.

Models of development :
There are three models 6f development, such as

  • Capitalist model
  • Socialist model and
  • A sustainable model of development

Capitalist model of development:
This model of development is working today in the USA, UK, Australia, Canada, and other European countries. It is otherwise known as individual-centric or market-based development.

  • In this model economic development is considered to be a condition for political development.
  • The capitalist model pleads for the round development of individuals.
  • Rapid industrialization, technological development, modernization, employment generation, etc. are the ingredients of the capitalist model of development.
  • It further believes in the Liberalisation of the social, political, and economic systems.
  • The capitalist model further relies on free market economy and economic competition for growth.

Criticism:
This capitalist model widens the gap between rich and poor countries and here the underdeveloped states are the worst sufferers.

Socialist model of development:
The Socialist model is also known as the Marxist model of development. It is just the opposite of the capitalist model. It is now found in China. Bulgaria, Poland, Romania, Cuba and North Korea.

  • It believes in a state-controlled economy, production and means of distribution.
  • This model emphasizes on socioeconomic rights Of individuals, equality and social justice.
  • It looks after the well-being of the poor working class and depressed classes.
  • The state here, exercises control over industry, health, education, communication and transport and distribution system.
  • The state can sacrifice the interests of an individual or a group for the greater interests of society. This model was popular from 1920 to1980 but with the downfall of the Soviet Union, this model is losing ground.

Sustainable model of development:
In view of the rapid growth of population, industrialization, urbanization and modern lifestyle energy and natural resources are depleting first. Unplanned social and economic development has led to increasing in environmental pollution. Therefore, a new model of sustainable development has been introduced in place of the capitalist and socialist models.

  • The sustainable model believes in socio-economic development with due concern for environmental safety.
  •  It insists on the limited use of natural resources like water, air, soil and mineral resources and fossil fuels. Resources must be used with utmost care so that the future generation will not be deprived of those resources.
  • It focuses on ensuring a healthy and enduring balance between human needs natural resources and the economic system.
  • The development shall meet the needs of the present without keeping the future generation of risk.
  • There must be plans to ensure population control. Poverty alleviation, socio-economic justice protection of the environment, biodiversity, and conservation of natural resources.
  • This model emphasizes more on creating awareness among people for a secured future life with due importance toward environmental safety.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Political Science Unit 1 Democracy in India Short Answer Questions

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Political Science Solutions Unit 1 Democracy in India Short Answer Questions.

CHSE Odisha 12th Class Political Science Unit 1 Democracy in India Short Answer Questions

Short Questions And Answers

Question 1.
Define democracy. Why democracy cannot be defined only in political context?
Answer:
Democracy is defined as a form of government in which the supreme power is vested in the people and is exercised by them directly or indirectly through a system of representation usually involving periodic free elections. In essence, democracy is a form of government which is run by the elected representatives of the people.

Question 2.
Describe the essential conditions for a successful democracy.
Answer:
The definition of democracy is incomplete unless it is defined in social and individual contexts as well. In the present age, it means more than a mere form of government. In its comprehensive form democracy means,

  • a form of government
  • a type of state,
  • a pattern of social system,
  • a design of economic order
  • a way of life and culture.
    Therefore, when we say Indian democracy, we mean not only that its political institutions and processes are democratic but also that the Indian society and every Indian citizen is democratic, reflecting basic democratic values of equality, liberty, fraternity, secularism and justice in social sphere and individual behaviour.

Question 3.
What are the major challenges the Indian democracy faces? How these challenges are opportunities to make India an effective democratic system?
Answer:
A system can be termed as a genuine democracy only when it fulfils
(a) political conditions as follows:

  • Having a Constitution that vests supreme power in the people and protects fundamental rights, such as equality, liberty of thought and expression, belief, movement, communication and association.
  • Having universal adult franchise as the basis of electing representatives
  • Having a responsible government in which the executive is answerable to the legislature and the legislature to the people and

(b) social and economic conditions as follows:

  • The system ensuring social development that is in tune with democratic values and norms reflecting equality of social status, social security and social welfare and
  • The system facilitating a situation where the fruits of economic development reach all and especially the poor and deprived sections of the society.

1. Illiteracy, inequality and poverty adversely affect the functioning of Indian democracy,

  • Illiterate citizens are not able to play their roles effectively and exercise meaningfully their right to vote which is an individual expression of the power of the people. Literacy enables citizens to be aware of various issues, problems, demands, and interests in the country, be conscious of the principles of liberty and equality of all and ensure that the representatives elected by them truly represent all the interests in the society,
  • Poverty is perhaps the greatest bane of democracy. It is the root cause of all kinds of deprivations and inequalities and is the state of denial of opportunities to people to lead a healthy and fulfilling life.

2. Yes, the popular entertainment channels and films generally depict gender discrimination. In fact, the serials on television channels are reinforcing the prevailing patriarchal system showing females playing traditional roles of mothers, sisters, wives and daughters. It is true that a few of them question the traditional roles, but those also somehow reflect gender discrimination.

3. Caste System: The most detrimental and inhuman example of the prevailing caste system is the practice of untouchability which is continuing in different covert and overt ways in spite of the constitutional ban imposed on it.

  • The Dalits still bear the brunt of discrimination and deprivation. This has led to segregation of so called low castes, depriving them of education and other social benefits. The second example relates to politicization of caste system. Casteism has become notorious as a strategy of exploitation of caste consciousness for narrow political gains.
  • The caste system acts against the roots of democracy. Communalism: It disrupts quite often the smooth process of co-existence in a multi-religious Indian society Communal riots happening in the country since independence have been dangerous for peace order and social harmony. Secondly the misuse of religion by fundamentalist people during elections and even in other situations has always been proved to be counter-productive.

4. Although development process in the country aims alt growth and development of all regions, the regional disparities and imbalances continue to exist. Existence and continuation of regional inequalities in terms of differences in per capita income, literacy rates, state of health and educational infrastructure and services, population situation and levels of industrial and agricultural development both among States and within a State create a feeling of neglect, deprivation and discrimination.

5. The influence of muscle power in Indian politics has been a fact of life for a long time. Political parties and candidates do not hesitate in seeking the help of criminal elements to dominate the election scene in India. Earlier in the 1960’s, the criminals were content by covertly helping the politician win the election so that they could in turn get protection from him. But the roles have now been reversed. It is the politicians who now bank on the support of the criminals for protection.

6. One of the major reasons of increase of political violence has been the emergence of serious conflict of interests between higher and middle castes as an outcome of agricultural development, abolition of zamindari system, and developments like green revolution and white revolution. These have led to aggressive competition for political power which many a time leads to violence. Another reason is the backlash of the higher castes against the growing awareness and assertion of their rights by the lower castes, particularly the Scheduled Castes and the lowest backward castes. Moreover, violence has been associated with demands for separate States, re-organization of States or adjustment of State boundaries. As we observe, the Telangana Movement in Andhra Pradesh and Bodo Movement in Assam often turned violent. Violence has also been used quite frequently during industrial strikes, farmers’ movements, students’ agitations, and a number of other civil disobedience campaigns.

1. To attain the goal of universal literacy a nation-wide programme known as Saaksltar
Bharat is being implemented. Moreover, the Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan is a flagship programme for the universalization of elementary education for children between 6-14 years of age. Besides, the Parliament of India in 2009 passed Right to Education Act through which education has become a fundamental right of all children in the age group of 6-14 years. For poverty alleviation, two kinds of programmes are being implemented:

  • Programmes to lift beneficiaries above poverty line by providing them with productive assets or skills or both so that they can employ themselves usefully and earn greater income, and
  • Programmes to provide temporary wage employment for the poor and the landless. Public Distribution System (PDS) contributes towards meeting people’s basic food needs, the Integrated Rural Development Programme (IRDP) provides rural households below the poverty line with credit to purchase income-generating assets, the Jawahar Rbzgar Yojana (JRY), provides more than 700 million person days of work a year. Moreover, TRYSEM (Training Rural Youth for Self Employment) was started to provide technical skills to the rural youth and to help them to get employment.

2. Besides the State-specific efforts for reducing intra-State regional disparities, a number of Centrally Sponsored Programmes have been in operation for the last two to three decades for taking care of specific aspects of back wardness of such regions. Some of the major programmes are:

  • the Tribal Development Programme,
  • the Hill Area Development Programme,
  • the Border Area Development Programme,
  • the Western Ghat Development Programme,
  • the Drought Prone Area Programme, and
  • the Desert Development Programme.

3. For administrative reforms, the following recommendations need to be implemented:

  • to make administration accountable and citizen friendly,
  • to build its capacity for quality governance,
  • to orient administration for promoting peoples’ participation, decentralization and devolution of powers,
  • to make administrative decision-making process transparent,
  • to improve the performance and integrity of the public services,
  • to reinforce ethics in administration, and
  • to inculcate readiness for e-governance. For judicial reforms, the steps that are to be taken are as follows:
    (a) Simplification of Rules and Procedures,
    (b) Repealing Out-dated Laws,
    (c) Increase in the Judge Population Ratio,
    (d) Time-bound filling of Vacant Posts in Judiciary, Transparency in Appointment, Promotion and Transfer of Judges,
    (e) Judicial Accountability and
    (f) Transparency of Court Proceedings.

4. Sustainable development is a pattern of resource use that aims to meet human needs while preserving the environment so that these needs can be met not only in the present, but also for the future generations. When the development is human-centred and directed towards improvement of quality of life of all the people, it has to be focused on removal of poverty, ignorance, discrimination, disease and unemployment.

All these steps will strengthen Indian democracy.
1. Participation in a democratic polity is not confined simply to participation in elections. A vital form of participation comes through membership of political parties and more importantly, active membership in independent non-governmental organizations, that are known as “civil society organizations.” Civil Society Organizations, represent a variety of interests of different groups: women, students, farmers, workers, doctors, teachers, business owners, religious believers and human rights activists.
2. Citizens have to make the democratic system responsive and responsible. They are needed to ensure that the Parliamentarians, Members of State Legislatures and their representatives in Panchayati Raj and Municipal Institutions are accountable. The instruments created by Right to Information Act, 2005 in our country enable citizens to play their role, effectively. Citizens must watch carefully how their political leaders and representatives use their powers, and to express their own opinions and interests.

Question 4.
What is JGSY?
Answer:
Jawahar Gram Samridhi Yojana (JGSY) is a programme for the creation of rural economic infrastructure with employment generation as a secondary objective. The programme is implemented by the village panchayats and since its inception it has generated 27 crore men-days of employment each year. The Employment Assurance Scheme (EAS) covers 1,778 drought-prone, desert, tribal arid hill area blocks. The programme was designed to provide employment in the form of manual work in the lean agricultural season.

Question 5.
What is Sustainable development?
Answer:
lt is a pattern causing resources that aims to meet human needs while preserving the environment so that these needs can be met not only in the present, but also for future generations to come. The term was used by the Bruntland Commission (1987) which coined what has become the most often-quoted definition of sustainable development as development that “meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.”

Question 6.
What is MNREGA?
Answer:
The Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MNREGA) is being implemented to enhance the livelihood security of people in rural areas by guaranteeing hundred days of wage-employment in a financial year to a rural household whose adult members volunteer to do unskilled manual work.

Question 7.
What are Goal and Objectives of National Policy for Empowerment of Women?
Answer:
The goal of this Policy is to bring about the advancement, development and empowerment of women. Specifically, the objectives of this Policy include:

  • Creating an environment through positive economic and social policies for full development of women to enable them to realize their full potential;
  • Equal access to participation and decision making of women in social, political and economic life of the nation;
  • Equal access to women to health care, quality education at all levels, career and vocational guidance, employment, equal remuneration, occupational health and safety, social security and public office, etc.;
  • Strengthening legal systems aimed at elimination of all forms of discrimination against women.
  • Elimination of discrimination and all forms of violence against women and the girl child.

Question 8.
Define Democracy.
Answer:
It is a form of government in which the people are the source of all power. It is exercised by them either directly or indirectly through their elected representatives.

Question 9.
What is indirect democracy?
Answer:
Indirect democracy means the government formed by the elected representatives of the people. It governs on the basis of public opinion.

Question 10.
What is direct democracy?
Answer:
In direct democracy the people directly take part in the law-making. They can reject any law in a referendum and propose bills for law-making under initiative.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Political Science Unit 1 Democracy in India Short Answer Questions

Question 11.
What are the modern devices of Direct Democracy?
Answer:
The major modem devices of direct democracy are referendum and initiative. By these two the people participate in the process of law-making.

Question 12.
What are the three dimensions of Democracy?
Answer:
(a) Political Dimension, (b) Social Dimension and (c) Economic Dimension.

Question 13.
What is Referendum?
Answer:
Referendum is the power of the people to .approve or reject any law passed by the legislature. They can demand referendum on any law and then vote to reject or approve it by a majority.

Question 14.
What is Initiative?
Answer:
Initiative is right of the people to propose measures for law making. They can submit bills or demands for law-making on which the legislature has to act.

Question 15.
Write two most essential features of a Democracy.
Answer:
(1) Faith in popular sovereignty and mass political participation and (2) Faith in liberalism and equal rights of all the people.

Question 16.
What is Recall?
Answer:
Recall is the right of the people to recall an elected representative in case it has not been acting according to the dictates of public opinion or who is misusing his authority as their representative.

Question 17.
What is the merits of initiative?
Answer:
(1) A law initiated by the people represents popular will. (2) It positively involves people in the law-making process.

Question 18.
What is the meaning of Plebiscite?
Answer:
It means to know the opinion of the people over any particular issue. It is a democratic way of knowing public opinion on any national issue.

Question 19.
What is popular sovereignty?
Answer:
Popular sovereignty means supremacy i.e. supreme power of the people. It is the very basis of a democracy.

Question 20.
What is a political party?
Answer:
Political party is a large political organisation of people.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Political Science Unit 1 Democracy in India Short Answer Questions

Question 21.
What is the most major objective of a political party?
Answer:
The most major objective of a political party is secure political power in the state.

Question 22.
For which purpose political parties use political power?
Answer:
Political parties use political power for securing national interests of the country.

Question 23.
Which party is called the major party?
Answer:
Which secures a majority of seats in a legislature is called the majority party.

Question 24.
What is Bi-party system?
Answer:
When a state has only two or two major and some other political parties, the system is known as bi-party system.

Question 25.
What is multiparty system?
Answer:
When a large number of active political parties are involved in politics is known as multiparty system.

Question 26.
Which party system is not held to be really democratic?
Answer:
One party system is not hold to be really democratic.

Question 27.
By whom elections are basically fought?
Answer:
By political parties elections are basically fought.

Question 28.
What is meant by limited government?
Answer:
When the government of the state enjoys defined powers and a fined hence it is called a limited government. The constitution of the state defines the powers of such government and it always works within such limits.

Question 29.
What are the basic principles of Democracy?
Answer:
The basic principles of democracy are:

  • Faith in popular sovereignty.
  • Right to equality.
  • Right to freedom.
  • Representative and responsible government.
  • Secret voting and free and fair election system.
  • Decentralisation of powers.
  • Limited government.
  • Rule of law.
  • Independence of judiciary.

Question 30.
What is universal adult franchise?
Answer:
When all the adult citizens, both men and women enjoy the right to vote, the system is called universal Adult Franchise. In every modem democratic system, the principle of universal Adult Franchise is essential.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Political Science Unit 1 Democracy in India Short Answer Questions

Question 31.
What is direct democracy?
Answer:
In this form of democracy, people have the right and opportunity to directly participate in law-making. They have the power to approve or disapprove the laws passed by the legislature.

Question 32.
What is Indirect Democracy?
Answer:
Indirect democracy in which political power is used by the elected representative of the people. The elected representatives use the legislative and executive authority of the state for a fixed tenure.

Question 33.
What are the fundamental features of Liberal Democracy?
Answer:
The fundamental features of liberal democracy are:

  • Faith in the ideology of liberalism and the principle of sovereignty of the people.
  • Duly elected representative, limited and responsible government.
  • Accountability of all public servants and power-holders.
  • Transparency in the working of Government.
  • Supremacy of public opinion.
  • Mass political participation.

Question 34.
What is social inequality?
Answer:
Social inequality refers to the ways in which socially-defined categories of persons (according to characteristics such as gender, age, class and authenicity) are differentially positioned with regard to access to a variety of social ‘goods’ such as the labour market and other sources of income.

Question 35.
How the Indian Constitution grants constitutional and legal equality?
Answer:
Indian society continues to be a male dominated society. Women of India continue to live with certain inequalities and exploitations. The constitution of India grants equal fundamental rights to all the citizens. It declares that there is to be no discrimination on the basis of genders. Legally women enjoy equal opportunities for development as are being enjoyed by men.

Question 36.
What is the steps which Indian democracy must takes for eliminating social inequalities?
Answer:
Indian democracy must take several strong steps for eliminating social inequalities.
(1) To check caste based discrimination and violence through stronger laws,
policies and actions.
(2) To promote secularism as the way of life by suitably reforming the Indian
education system.
(3) To work for securing the empowerment of women by all.
(4) All women organisations like All India Women Conference and all non
government organisation (NGOs) must organise campaigns against social evils, particularly against casteism.
(5) Since social inequalities are mostly the products of ignorance and mad love for some age-old tradition, all the people must make concerted and collective efforts for creating widespread awareness against social evils.
(6) Our educational institutions, mass media and interest groups should try to build a strong public opinion against all social inequalities.
(7) Indian democracy must ensure that all the people should get encouraged to realise their responsibilities towards the nation.

Question 37.
What is Regionalism?
Answer:
Regionalism means the love for one’s area of living in a particular region to which one belongs. It is something quite natural. The inhabitants of Punjab love the language and culture and there is nothing unusual or wrong about it. To secure the interests of their state is a natural objective before all the inhabitants. This type of regionalism has to be accepted as a natural feature of a federal polity like India.

Question 38.
What is political violence?
Answer:
Violence is being used by some people, their groups and organizations for achieving their narrow political goals, it is called political violence. Several organizations, groups and individuals unfortunately believe that their political system or government will never respond to their political demands and consequently, they believe that use of violence is needed and justified for securing their political objectives.

Question 39.
What is Naxalism?
Answer:
The terms Naxal and Naxalism owe their origin to the village Naxal and Naxalbari movement (West Bengal). Naxalism or Naxal violence began as a violent opposition to the established order. It was basically a peasant and tribal movement against the existing socio-economic political system. It wanted to overthrow the established order by violent means. The Naxal movement had its birth in the late 1960s in the Naxalbari area of West Bengal.

Question 40.
What steps are needed for controlling Naxal violence?
Answer:
India government decided to use Indian Army and paramilitary forces for neutralizing and controlling the Naxal violence in the affected states.
The steps are needed for controlling Naxal violence :
(1) Modernisation, effective deployment and use of law and order enforcement
agencies.
(2) All necessary and well-designed systematic steps must be undertaken for the protection and promotion of the socio-economic welfare.
(3) Participation of all sections of people, particularly the poor peoples.
(4) Securing of sustainable development must be pursued as a priority.
(5) More employment opportunities must be created for poor, tribal people.
(6) Counter-Insurgency operations against the Naxals must be well-planned on efficiently executed.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Political Science Unit 1 Democracy in India Short Answer Questions

Question 41.
Give one definition of a political party.
Answer:
Gilchrist writes “A political party may be defined as an orgnised group of citizens who profess to share the same political views and who, by acting as a political unit, try to control the government”.

Question 42.
What is One Party System?
Answer:
One party system is also called single party system. In it there is only one main political party which is continuously in power. One party system is held to be undemocratic.

Question 43.
Give three essential features of a political party.
Answer:
Three essential features of a political party are:
(1) A fairly large organised political association of people.
(2) Agreement on basic principles on ideology.
(3) Faith in peaceful and constitutional means.

Question 44.
Define Bi-party System.
Answer:
Party system exists in a state where there are either only two nearly equal popular political parties or two main political parties. However, there are also present some union or less influential political parties. People have the freedom to form their political parties but in actual practice there are present only two major political parties in . the country.

Question 45.
Define Multiparty System.
Answer:
Multiparty system means the presence of several equally influential political parties in the country. Several political parties are actively involved in the political process elections are contested by a large number of political parties.

Question 46.
Name some countries which have Multiparty System.
Answer:
Some countries which have multiparty system are: India, Switzerland, Japan, Italy and France.

Question 47.
What are the six main functions of political parties?
Answer:
The six main functions of political parties are:
(1) Formation of public opinion.
(2) Act as agencies of political education.
(3) Valuable agencies for recruitment of leaders.
(4) Formulation of Demands.
(5) Aggregation of public demands and taking these to the government.
(6) Formation of government or acting as opposition parties.

Question 48.
What is the merits of political parties?
Answer:
The merits of political parties are:
(1) Essential democratic actors of politics.
(2) Political parties are a source of rational unit.
(3) Political parties in opposition keep the government under check.
(4) Political parties are vital links between the people and their government.
(5) Parties act an agencies for the formulation of public opinion.

Question 49.
What is the demerits of political parties?
Answer:
The demerits in political parties are:
(1) Political parties are a source of divisions among the people.
(2) Political parties cannot reflect and clarify public opinion.
(3) Political parties are always dominated by rich people.
(4) Political parties are a source of disharmony and unhealthy opposition.
(5) Political parties are a source of dirty party politics and delays in law-making.
(6) Often give more importance to their interests over the national interests.

Question 50.
What is the role of political parties in a democracy?
Answer:
Political parties are essential for every democratic state. These act as the basic actors in politics. These continuously participate in the political process. In particular, these always contest elections. When a political party or an alliance of some political parties gets a majority, it forms the government and other parties act as opposition parties.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Political Science Unit 1 Democracy in India Short Answer Questions

Question 51.
What is the meaning of “No party No Democracy”?
Answer:
Political parties are totally essential for the functioning of democracy. Without political parties elections cannot be held, government-making cannot be really done, there can be no real check in the exercise of government power, public opinion remains ambiguous and people do not get a real political party, no democratic government can really function. The absence of political parties means the presence of unreal democracy.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Political Science Unit 1 Democracy in India Objective Questions

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Political Science Solutions Unit 1 Democracy in India Objective Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 12th Class Political Science Unit 1 Democracy in India Objective Questions

Multiple Choice Questions With Answers

Question 1.
Who among the following is the founder of the Bahujan Samaj Party?
(a) Kanshi Ram
(b) Sahu Maharaj
(c) B.R. Ambedker
(d) Jotiba Phule
Answer:
(a) Kanshi Ram.

Question 2.
What is the guiding philosophy of the Bharatiya Janata Party?
(a) Bahujan Samaj
(b) Revolutionary democracy
(c) Integral humanism
(d) Modernity
Answer:
(d) Modernity

Question 3.
Consider the following statements on parties.
(a) Political parties do not enjoy much trust among the people.
(b) Parties are often rocked by scandals involving top party leaders.
(c) Parties are not necessary to run governments.
Which of the statements given above are correct?
(a) (a) (b) and (c)
(b) (a) and (b)
(c) (b) and (c)
(d) (a) and (c)
Answer:
(b) (a) and (b)

Question 4.
The basis of Democracy is-
(a) Elected government
(b) Welfare State
(c) Bicameralism
(d) Popular Sovereignty
Answer:
(d) Popular Sovereignty

Question 5.
Which is a dimension of Democracy?
(a) Political democracy
(b) Social democracy
(c) Economic democracy
(d) All the above
Answer:
(d) All the above

Question 6.
A democratic government is-
(a) Elected government
(b) Responsible government
(c) Limited government
(d) All the above.
Answer:
(d) All the above.

Question 7.
Which of the following is not a feature of democratic government?
(a) Rule of one person
(b) Limited government
(c) Responsible government
(d) All the above.
Answer:
(a) Rule of one person

Question 8.
Indirect democracy is known as:
(a) Representative government
(b) Government of the public
(c) Non direct democracy
(d) Elected government
Answer:
(a) Representative government

Question 9.
Who said democracy is a government in which everyone has a share?
(a) Seeley
(b) Dicey
(c) Bryee
(d) Abraham Lincoln
Answer:
(a) Seeley

Question 10.
Direct Democracy is based upon the principle of:
(a) Direct Election
(b) Direct: participation of the/people in the work of the government.
(c) Sovereignty of State
(d) Rule of all.
Answer:
(b) Direct: Participation of the people in the work of the government.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Political Science Unit 1 Democracy in India Objective Questions

Question 11.
Which is the most essential condition for the success of democracy?
(a) Economic equality
(b) Enlightened citizenship
(c) Democratic citizenship
(d) All the above
Answer:
(d) All the above

Question 12.
Initiative means:
(a) The system of representation.
(b) Right of the people to propose legislation.
(c) Right to approve legislation.
(d) The system of legislation.
Answer:
(b) Right of the people to propose legislation.

Question 13.
Referendum is a:
(a) Positive device
(b) Negative device
(c) Device of delegated legislation
(d) Legislative device.
Answer:
(b) Negative device

Question 14.
Which is not a device of direct democracy?
(a) Recall
(b) Representation
(c) Initiativer
(d) Referendum
Answer:
(b) Representation

Question 15.
Electorate means :
(a) Those who actually vote
(b) All the voters
(c) The right to vote
(d) Contestants in an election. ,
Answer:
(b) All the voters

Question 16.
A Representative Democracy has :
(a) Representative government
(b) Limited government
(c) Responsible and accountable government
(d) All the above.
Answer:
(d) All the above.

Question 17.
The system of direct legislation by all the people of a Canton is known in Switzerland as:
(a) Landesgemeimde
(b) Direct law making
(c) Popular law making
(d) Delegated legislation.
Answer:
(a) Landesgemeimde

Question 18.
The other name of representative democracy is :
(a) Direct Democracy
(b) Indirect Democracy
(c) Limited Democracy
(d) Partial Democracy
Answer:
(b) Indirect Democracy

Question 19.
Democracy cannot function without:
(a) Political parties
(b) Elections
(c) Electorate
(d) All these three
Answer:
(d) All these three

Question 20.
Referendum means :
(a) Reference
(b) Refer from
(c) Refer there
(d) Refer to
Answer:
(d) Refer to

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Political Science Unit 1 Democracy in India Objective Questions

Question 21.
Democracy has a form faith in the ideology of:
(a) Gandhism
(b) Socialists
(c) Individualism
(d) Liberalism
Answer:
(d) Liberalism

Question 22.
In universal adult franchise :
(a) All the people have the right to vote
(b) All adult women have the right to vote
(c) All adult men have right to vote
(d) AH adults have the right to vote
Answer:
(d) All adults have the right to vote

Question 23.
The inauguration of the Constitution of India on:
(a) 15th August 1947
(b) 23rd Feb. 1972
(c) 12th March 1962
(d) 26th January 1950
Answer:
(d) 26th January 1950

Question 24.
Which Article of the Constitution of India calls upon the state to provide adequate means of livelihood to men and women?
(a) Article 39
(b) Article 48
(c) Article 52
(d) Article 72
Answer:
(a) Article 39

Question 25.
Which Act is the criminal law Amendment?
(a) Act 1973
(b) Act 1983
(c) Act 1953
(d) Act 1963
Answer:
(b) Act 1983

Question 26.
Which Acts have given 30% reservation to women in Panchayati Raj and Urban local government Institution?
(a) 64th and 65th Amendment Acts
(b) 73rd and 74th Amendment Acts
(c) 45th and 46th Amendment Acts
(d) 84th and 85th Amendment Acts
Answer:
(b) 73rd and 74th Amendment Acts

Question 27.
Which Article of the Constitution of India calls upon the State to provide adequate means of livelihood?
(a) Article 39
(b) Article 56 .
(c) Article 48
(d) Article 93
Answer:
(a) Article 39

Question 28.
Which Act is the Dowry Prohibition?
(a) Act 1961
(b) Act 1972
(c) Act 1895
(d)Act 1983
Answer:
(a) Act 1961 .

Question 29.
Who among the following is the founder of the Bahujan Samaj Party?
(a) Kanshi Ram
(b) Sakshi Maharaj
(c) B.R. Ambedkar
(d) Jatiba Phule
Answer:
(a) Kanshi Ram

Question 30.
What is the guiding philosophy of the Bharatiya Janta Party?
(a) Bahujan Samaj
(b) Revolutionary democracy
(c) Integral humanism
(d) Modernity
Answer:
(d) Modernity

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Political Science Unit 1 Democracy in India Objective Questions

Question 31.
Indian National Congress was established-
(a) 1906
(b) 1885
(c) 1872
(d) 1892
Answer:
(b) 1885

Question 32.
Who observed “No Party No Democracy”?
(a) Munro
(b) Duvergen
(c) Gettell
(d) Burke
Answer:
(a) Munro

Question 33.
Most visible, function of political parties is?
(a) Formulation of Public opinion
(b) Policy-making
(c) Contesting elections
(d) Social Reforms
Answer:
(c) Contesting elections

Question 34.
The basis of organisation of a pressure group is-
(a) Ideology
(b) Interests
(c) Leadership
(d) Needs
Answer:
(b) Interests

Question 35.
Which is consider to be a better party system?
(a) Bi-Party system
(b) Lack of Party system
(c) Multi-Party systein
(d) Single-Party system.
Answer:
(a) Bi-Party system

True or False

1. Jawahar Gram Samridhi Yojana (JGSY) is a programme for the creation of rural economic infrastructure.
Answer: True

2. Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan is not a flagship programme for the universalization of elementary education.
Answer: False

3. Public Distribution System (PDS) contributes towards meeting people’s basic food needs.
Answer: True

4. During the 1990s non-food items like clothes, employment, shelter, education, etc. got included in the definition of poverty.
Answer: True

5. W.C. Bonnarjee was the first President of the Indian National Congress.
Answer: True

6. The two Communist Parties are the Communist Party of India (CPI) and the. Communist Party of India (Marxist)
Answer: True

7. In 2008 passed the Right to Education Act through which education has become a fundamental right for all children of age group 6-14 years.
Answer: False

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Political Science Unit 1 Democracy in India Objective Questions

8. The United Kingdom (UK) has not bi-party systems.
Answer: False

9. The United Kingdom (UK), the United States of America (USA), Australia and New Zealand has bi-party systems.
Answer: True

10. The BSP acquired the status of a national party in 1996.
Answer: True

BSE Odisha 7th Class Science Solutions Chapter 17 ଆବର୍ଜନାର ପରିଚାଳନା

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 7th Class Science Solutions Chapter 17 ଆବର୍ଜନାର ପରିଚାଳନା Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 7 Science Solutions Chapter 17 ଆବର୍ଜନାର ପରିଚାଳନା

Question 1.
ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।
(କ) ଜଳରେ ଦୂଷିତ ପଦାର୍ଥ ମିଶିଥିଲେ ତା’କୁ ________ ଜଳ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
(ଖ) ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳକୁ ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ କରିବାପାଇଁ ________ ଓ ________ ରାସାୟନିକ ପଦାର୍ଥ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
(ଗ) ହଇଜା ________ ଓ ________ ଜଳ ବାହିତ ରୋଗ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
(ଙ) ନଳାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ________ ଓ ________ ପାଇଁ ଜାମ୍ ହୋଇଯାଏ ।
(ଚ) ଘରୁ ବାହାରୁଥ‌ିବା ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳକୁ ________ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
(ଛ) ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳର ଉପଚାର ________ ରେ କରାଯାଏ ।
Solution:
(କ) ଅପଚୟିତ
(ଖ) ଚୂନ, ବ୍ଲିଚିଂପାଉଡର
(ଗ) କାମଳ, ଟାଇଫଏଡ୍
(ଙ) ପଲିଥ୍, ତୁଳା
(ଚ) ସୁଏଜ୍ ବା ନାଳ ନର୍ଦ୍ଦମା ଆବର୍ଜନା
(ଛ) ଦୂଷିତଜଳ ଉପଚାର ପ୍ଲାଣ୍ଟ

BSE Odisha 7th Class Science Solutions Chapter 17 ଆବର୍ଜନାର ପରିଚାଳନା

Question 2.
କାରଣ ଲେଖ :
(କ) ନଳାରେ ରନ୍ଧାତେଲ କିମ୍ବା ପୋଡ଼ା ମୋବିଲ୍ ଆଦି ପକାଇବା ଉଚିତ୍ ନୁହେଁ ।
Solution:

  • ରନ୍ଧା ତେଲ କିମ୍ବା ପୋଡ଼ା ମୋବିଲ୍ ମାଟିର ଜଳ ଶୋଷଣରେ ବାଧା ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ ।
  • ଏହା ମାଟିର ଉପର ସ୍ତରରେ ଲାଗି ରହି ଜଳକୁ ଶୋଷଣ କରିବାକୁ ନଦେବାରୁ ଜଳ ଜମିରହେ ଓ ଉପକାରୀ ଅଣୁଜୀବ ମରିଯାନ୍ତି । ଏଣୁ ନଳାରେ ରନ୍ଧାତେଲ କିମ୍ବା ପୋଡ଼ା ମୋବିଲ ପକାଇବା ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ ।

(ଖ) କଠିନ ଆବର୍ଜନା ଯଥା ତୁଳା, କଣ୍ଢେଇ, ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟିକ, ଜରି ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ନଳାରେ ନ ପକାଇ ଡଷ୍ଟବିନ୍‌ରେ ପକାଇବା ଉଚିତ ।
Solution:
ତୁଳା, କଣ୍ଢେଇ, ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟିକ, ଜରି ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ନଳାରେ ପକାଇଲେ ନଳା ବନ୍ଦ ବା ଜାମ୍ ହୋଇଯାଏ । ଫଳରେ ଜଳ ନିଷ୍କାସନରେ ବାଧା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ । ଏଣୁ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନଳାରେ ନ ପକାଇ ଡଷ୍ଟବିନ୍‌ରେ ପକାଇବା ଉଚିତ ।

(ଗ) ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳ ପ୍ରବାହିତ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଇଉକାଲିପଟାସ୍ ଗଛ ଲଗାଇବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ।
Solution:
ଇଉକାଲିପଟାସ୍ ଗଛ ଅତି ଶୀଘ୍ର ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳ ଶୋଷଣ କରିପାରେ ଏବଂ ଉଦ୍ବେଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ପରିଷ୍କାର ବାଷ୍ପ ବାୟୁମଣ୍ଡଳକୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଥାଏ । ଫଳରେ ପାଣି ଜମି ରହେ ନାହିଁ ଓ ପରିବେଶକୁ ପ୍ରଦୂଷିତ ହେବାରୁ ରକ୍ଷା କରେ ।

(ପ) ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳରେ ଉପଚାର ସମୟରେ ପ୍ରଥମେ ବାରସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ ଦେଲ ଦିଆଯାଏ ।
Solution:
ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳରେ ଉପଚାର ସମୟରେ ଏହାକୁ ପ୍ରଥମେ ବାରସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ ମଧ୍ୟଦେଇ ପ୍ରବାହିତ ହେବାକୁ ଦିଆଯାଏ । କାରଣ ଏହାଦ୍ଵାରା ସେଥ‌ିରେ ଥ‌ିବା କାଠି, କୁଟା, ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟିକ, ଜରି, ତୁଳା ଚିରାକନା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି କଠିନ ଭାସମାନ ଆବର୍ଜଣା ଛାଣି ହୋଇଯାଏ ।

(ଙ) ଖୋଲା ପଡ଼ିଆରେ ଝାଡ଼ା ପରିସ୍ରା କରିବା ମହାମାରୀର କାରଣ ।

  • ଖୋଲା ପଡ଼ିଆରେ ମଳତ୍ୟାଗ କଲେ ତାହା ବର୍ଷା ପାଣିରେ ଧୋଇହୋଇ ନଦୀ, ପୋଖରୀ ଓ କେନାଲ ପାଣିରେ ମିଶେ ।
  • ସେଥ‌ିରେ ନାନା ପ୍ରକାର ରୋଗଜୀବାଣୁ, କୃମି, କୃମିର ଅଣ୍ଡା, ନାନା ବିଷାକ୍ତ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଜଳକୁ ଦୂଷିତ କରେ ।
  • ଏହି ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳକୁ ପିଇଲେ ଏବଂ ସେଥ‌ିରେ ଗାଧୋଇଲେ ଆମେ ହଇଜା, ଆମ୍ବିକଜ୍ଵର, କାମଳ ଓ ଚର୍ମରୋଗରେ ଆକ୍ରାନ୍ତ ହୋଇଥାଉ । ଏହି ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳର ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ନିଷ୍କାସନ ଓ ବିଶୋଧନ ନହେଲେ ଚାରିଆଡ଼େ ମହାମାରୀ

(କ) ପରିଷ୍କାର ପରିଚ୍ଛନ୍ନତା ଓ ରୋଗ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସମ୍ପର୍କ କ’ଣ ?
Solution:

  • ଅସ୍ୱାସ୍ଥ୍ୟକର ପରିବେଶରେ ବସବାସ କରିବା ଓ ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ସମସ୍ତ ରୋଗର ପ୍ରଧାନ କାରଣ ର୍ଥଟେ ।
  • ଏଣେତେଣେ ମଳତ୍ୟାଗ କଲେ ଯାହାଦ୍ୱାରା ବାୟୁ ଉପର ଓ ତଳ ମାଟିର ଜଳ ଦୂଷିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଫଳରେ ଆମକୁ ହଇଜା, ଆମାଶୟ ଆଦି ଜଳବାହିତ ରୋଗ ସହଜରେ ବ୍ୟାପିଥାଏ ।
  • ଖାଲି ପାଦରେ ଝାଡ଼ାଗଲେ ମଳରେ ଥିବା କୃମି, ପାଦର ଚର୍ମଦେଇ ଶରୀର ଭିତରକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରେ । ଏଣୁ ଚପଲ ପିନ୍ଧି ମଳତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବାକୁ ଯିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ମଳ ତ୍ୟାଗକରି ସାବୁନରେ ହାତ ଧୋଇବା ଓ ନିୟମିତ ଜଳ ପାନ କଲେ ରୋଗରୁ ରକ୍ଷା ମିଳେ ।

(ଖ) ଜଣେ ନାଗରିକ ହିସାବରେ ପରିମଳ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ପାଇଁ ତୁମର କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ କ’ଣ ?
Solution:

  • ଜଣେ ସଚେତନ ଓ ଉତ୍ତମ ନାଗରିକ ହିସାବରେ ପରିମଳ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ପାଇଁ ପୌର ପରିଷଦର କର୍ମକର୍ତ୍ତାଙ୍କୁ ଖବର ଦେଇ ନଳା, ରାସ୍ତା ଓ ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ପରିବେଶକୁ ପରିଷ୍କାର ଓ ବିଶୋଧନ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ପଦକ୍ଷେପ ନେବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । କରାଇବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ।
  • ଗ୍ରାମ ପଞ୍ଚାୟତରେ ସରପଞ୍ଚଙ୍କୁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କରି ଖୋଲା ନଳାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଘୋଡ଼ଣୀ ଦେଇ ବନ୍ଦ ମଶା, ମାଛି ଏବଂ ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଜୀବାଣୁମାନେ ସେଠାରେ ବଂଶବିସ୍ତାର କରନ୍ତି ।

(ଗ) ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳର ପୁନଃ ବ୍ୟବହାର ପାଇଁ ତୁମେ ଦିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ କ’ଣ କରିପାରିବ ?
Solution:
ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳର ପୁନଃ ବ୍ୟବହାର ପାଇଁ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଜଳକୁ ନାଳି କାଟି ବଗିଚାରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଫଳ ଫୁଲ ଗଛ ମୂଳକୁ ଛାଡ଼ି ଦେଇପାରିବୁ କିମ୍ବା ଅନ୍ୟ ଆଡ଼କୁ ନଛାଡ଼ି ସୋକ୍‌ପିଟ୍‌ରେ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଜାଗାକୁ ଛାଡ଼ିପାରିବୁ ନଚେତ୍ ଅଧିକ ଜଳକୁ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ନାଳ ସହ ସଂଯୋଗ କରି ଛାଡ଼ି ପାରିବୁ ।

(ଘ) ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ ପରିବେଶରେ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ କୋଠରିରୁ ବାହାରୁଥ‌ିବା ଆବର୍ଜନାର ନିଷ୍କାସନ ପାଇଁ କ’ଣ କରିବ ?
Solution:

  • ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ ପରିବେଶରେ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ କୋଠରିରୁ ବାହାରୁଥିବା କଠିନ ଆବର୍ଜନାର ନିଷ୍କାସନ ପାଇଁ ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାର ଡଷ୍ଟବିନ୍ ପ୍ରତି ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ରହିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ।
  • ଗୋଟିଏ ସବୁଲ ରଲର ଯେଉଁଥିରେ ଲେବ ନିମ୍ନାକାରଣ ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ଆଦଲ୍ୟା ଆତ୍ ମାଟିରେ ମିଶିଯାଉଥିବା ଆବର୍ଜନା ରଖାଯିବ ଓ ଅନ୍ୟଟିରେ ଜୈବ-ନିମ୍ନକରଣ ଅଯୋଗ୍ୟ ଆବର୍ଜନା ରଖାଯିବ ।
  • ଏହି ସବୁଜରଙ୍ଗର ଆବର୍ଜନାକୁ ବଡ଼ ବଡ଼ ଗାତ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ପକାଇ ପଚନ ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଏହାକୁ କମ୍ପୋଷ୍ଟରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ଏବଂ ଏହି ସାରକୁ ଫଲ ଫୁଲ ଗଛ୍ଠିରେ ଦେବତାର ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରିବ |
  • ଲାଲ ରଙ୍ଗର ଆବର୍ଜନାକୁ ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ କାଚ, ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟିକ, ପଲିଥ୍, ଟିଣ ଓ ଲୁହା ଆଦିକୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ କଳକାରଖାନାକୁ ପଠାଳ ପୁନଚକୃଣ ପଦତିଦ୍ୱାରା ନୂତନ ଜିନିଷ ପୃସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଲପାରିବ |

(ଙ) ତୁମେ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟର ଶୌଚାଳୟ/ପାଇଖାନାର ସଦୁପଯୋଗ ପାଇଁ କ’ଣ ସବୁ କରିବ ?
Solution:

  • ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟର ପାଇଖାନାର ସଦୁପଯୋଗ ପାଇଁ ଆମେ ପୃତି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ପୁଅ ଟିଥମାନକ ପାଳ ଥିଲଗା ପାଇଖାନା ଓ ପରିସ୍ରାଗାର ରଖୁବା ।
  • ଚପଲ ପିନ୍ଧି ପାଇଖାନାକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ପିଲାଙ୍କୁ ଶିଖାଇବା ।
  • ମଳତ୍ୟାଗ କରି ସାବୁନ୍‌ରେ ହାତଧୋଇବା ଅଭ୍ୟାସ କରାଇବା । ମଳତ୍ୟାଗ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଓ ପରେ ପାଇଖାନାରେ ପାଣି ଢାଳିବାକୁ କହିବା ।
  • ନିୟମିତ ବ୍ୟବଧାନରେ ପାଇଖାନାକୁ ପରିଷ୍କାର କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।
  • ପାଇଖାନାରେ ବାଲ୍ଟି, ମଗ୍ , ସାବୁନ ଓ ପାଣି ରଖୁବା ନିହାତି ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ପରିବେଶକୁ ସୁସ୍ଥ ଓ ପରିଷ୍କାର ରଖୁବା ଆମ ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କର କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ।

BSE Odisha 7th Class Science Solutions Chapter 17 ଆବର୍ଜନାର ପରିଚାଳନା

Question 3.
ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ଟିପ୍‌ପଣୀ ଲେଖ :
(i) ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳ :
Solution:
(a) ତରଳ ଆବର୍ଜନାର କାରକ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଜଳସହିତ ମିଶି ଏହାକୁ ଦୂଷିତ କରିଥାଏ ।
(b) ବିଭିନ୍ନ କାରଣରୁ ଜଳ ପ୍ରଦୂଷିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ; ଯଥା – ଶିଳ୍ପଜନିତ, କୃଷି ସମ୍ପର୍କିତ ଓ ଗୃହକାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଜନିତ ଆଦି । ଏହି ଆବର୍ଜନା ମିଶା ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳକୁ ଅପଚୟିତ ଜଳ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
(c) ଅପଚୟିତ ଜଳରେ କେତେକ ଦୂଷିତ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ଓ କେତେକ ଭାସୁଥାଏ । ସେଥ୍ରେ କିଛି ହାନିକାରକ ଜୈବିକ ଓ ଅଜୈବିକ ପଦାର୍ଥ ରହିଥାଏ । ରୋଗ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରୁଥିବା କେତେକ ବୀଜାଣୁ ଏବଂ ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ
(d) ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳ ପାନକଲେ ଏବଂ ସେଥ‌ିରେ ଗାଧୋଇଲେ ଆମେ ହଇଜା, ଆମାଶୟ, କାମଳ, ଟାଇଫଏଡ୍, କାଛୁକୁଣ୍ଡିଆ ଓ ଯାଦୁ ଆଦି ଜଳବାହିତ ରୋଗରେ ଆକ୍ରାନ୍ତ ହୋଇଥାଉ ।

(ii) ଜୈବିକ ଗ୍ୟାସ :
Solution:
(a) ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଓ ଗାଈଗୋରୁଙ୍କ ମଳରୁ ବାହାରୁଥିବା ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ ଜୈବିକ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
(b) ବାୟୋଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ପ୍ଲାଣ୍ଟରେ ବୀଜାଣୁମାନଙ୍କ ଦ୍ବାରା ମଳ ଅପଘଟିତ ହୋଇ ସେଥୁରୁ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ବାହାରେ । ଏହି ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ରନ୍ଧନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
(c) ଏହି ଗ୍ୟାସ ପ୍ଲାଣ୍ଟରୁ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ ସରିଲା ପରେ ଯାହା ଅବଶିଷ୍ଟ ରହିଥାଏ, ତାହା ଶସ୍ୟକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ପାଇଁ ଉତ୍ତମ ସାର ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
(d) ଏ ଦ୍ବିବିଧ ଲାଭ ପାଇଁ ଏବେ ଚୀନ ଓ ଭାରତର ଗାଁମାନଙ୍କରେ ଏହିପରି ଜୈବିକ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ପ୍ଲାଣ୍ଟ୍ ହଜାର ହଜାର ସଂଖ୍ୟାରେ ସ୍ଥାପନ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା ଚାଲିଛି ।

(iii) କଲାଭ ଉପଚାର :
Solution:
(a) ଜୈବିକ, ଭୌତିକ ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳକୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଉପଚାର କରାଯାଇ ସେଥ‌ିରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଅଦରକାରୀ ଭୌତିକ, ରାସାୟନିକ ଓ ଜୈବିକ ପଦାର୍ଥଗୁଡ଼ିକର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।
(b) ପ୍ରଥମେ ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳ ବାର୍‌ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ ମଧ୍ୟଦେଇ ପ୍ରବାହିତ ହେବା ସମୟରେ ଏଥ‌ିରେ ଥ‌ିବା କାଠି, କୁଟା, ଜରି, ତୁଳା ଆଦି ଭାସମାନ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଛାଣି ହୋଇଯାଏ ।
(c) ଏହାପରେ ଜଳ ଆଉ ଏକ ଟ୍ୟାକୁ ଯାଏ, ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ଜଳରେ ଥିବା ବାଲି, ଗୋଡ଼ି ସବୁ ତଳେ ବସିଯାଏ । ଏହାପରେ ଜଳ ଗୋଟେ ବଡ଼ ଟାଙ୍କିରେ ରହେ ।
(d) ଏଠାରେ ବାଲି ଓ ଗୋଡ଼ି ତଳକୁ ରହିଯାଏ ଓ ଗୋଟେ କୋରଣା ଦ୍ଵାରା ବାହାରିଯାଏ । ଏଠାରେ ଚିକ୍କଣ ଅଠାଳିଆ ପଙ୍କୁଆ ପଦାର୍ଥକୁ ପଙ୍କ (Sludge) କୁହାଯାଏ ।
(e) ଜଳରେ ଭାସୁଥିବା କଠିନ ପଦାର୍ଥ, ଗାଡ଼ିରୁ ବାହାରି ଥ‌ିବା ତେଲ ଆଦିକୁ ଅଲଗା କରି ସ୍କିମର (Skimmer) ବାହାର କରିଦିଏ । ତେଲ ମିଶା କାଦୁଅକୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ଗୋଟିଏ ଟାଙ୍କିକୁ ନିଆଯାଏ । ସେଠାରେ ଥିବା ବିଜାଣୁମାନଙ୍କ ଦ୍ୱାରା ଏହା ଅପଘଟିତ କରାଯାଏ ।
(f) ଏଠାରେ ବାୟୁ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରାଯାଇ ବୀଜାଣୁଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବଢ଼ିବାରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରାଯାଏ । ଏମାନେ ଜଳରେ ରହିଥ‌ିବା ମଳ, ପଚାଫଳ, ସାବୁନ ଓ ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଅଦରକାରୀ ଜୈବିକ ପଦାର୍ଥଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅପଘଟନ କରିଦିଅନ୍ତି ।
(g) କିଛି ସମୟ ପରେ ଜଳରେ ଭାସୁଥ‌ିବା ଅଣୁଜୀବଗୁଡ଼ିକ ତଳେ ବସି ଯାଆନ୍ତି । ଏହାପରେ ଉପରୁ ଜଳକୁ ବାହାର କରିଦିଆଯାଏ । ତଳେ ବସିଥିବା ମାଟି କାଦୁଅକୁ ସାର ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ଓ ପରିଷ୍କାର ଜଳକୁ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍ କିମ୍ବା ଓଜୋନ୍‌ ଦ୍ବାରା ବ୍ୟବହାର ଯୋଗ୍ୟ କରାଯାଏ ।

(iv) ଖୋଲାନାଳର ଅପକାରିତା :
Solution:

  • ବର୍ଷାଦିନେ ଖୋଲାଥିବା ନଳାରେ ଅର୍ଧ ପାଣି ପଶିବା ଦ୍ବାରା ନଳାର ଆବର୍ଜନା ସବୁ ରାସ୍ତା ଉପରେ ଜମା ହୋଇ ଏକ ଅସ୍ବାସ୍ଥ୍ୟକର ପରିବେଶ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।
  • ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଚାଲିବା କଷ୍ଟକର ହୋଇପଡ଼େ । କାରଣ ମଶା, ମାଛି ଏବଂ ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଜୀବାଣୁ ଏଠାରେ ବଂଶବିସ୍ତାର

Question 4.
ଅପଚୟିତ ଜଳରେ ଥ‌ିବା ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଉପାଦାନରୁ ଦୁଇଟି ଲେଖାଏଁ ଉଦାହରଣ ଲେଖ ।
BSE Odisha 7th Class Science Solutions Chapter 17 Img 1

Question 5.
ପଲିଥନ୍ ଓ ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟିକ ନିର୍ମିତ ପଦାର୍ଥର ବ୍ୟବହାର ପରେ ଏଣେତେଣେ ନ ଫିଙ୍ଗି ପୋଡ଼ିବା ଦ୍ବାରା ପରିବେଶର କ’ଣ କ୍ଷତି ହୁଏ ?
Solution:

  • ପଲିଥନ୍ ଓ ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟିକ ନିର୍ମିତ ପଦାର୍ଥଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଏଣେତେଣେ ଫିଙ୍ଗିଲେ ଏହା ଅଣୁ ଜୀବମାନଙ୍କ ଦ୍ବାରା ଅପଘଟିତ ହୋଇନଥାଏ କିମ୍ବା ମାଟିରେ ମିଶିନଥାଏ ।
  • ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପୋଡ଼ିଲେ ସେଥ‌ିରୁ ବିଷାକ୍ତ ବାଷ୍ପ ଓ ଧୂଆଁ ନିର୍ଗତ ହୋଇ ବାୟୁମଣ୍ଡଳକୁ ଦୂଷିତ କରେ ।

Question 6.
ଆଜିକାଲି ଦେଖାଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ‘‘ରାସ୍ତାରୋକା’’ବେଳେ ରାସ୍ତା ମଝିରେ ଟାଏର୍ ଜଳାଯାଉଛି । ଏହାଦ୍ୱାରା ବାୟୁମଣ୍ଡଳ ଉପରେ କି ପ୍ରଭାବ ପଡ଼େ ?
Solution:
‘ରାସ୍ତାରୋକା’ ବେଳେ ରାସ୍ତା ମଝିରେ ଟାଏର୍ ଜଳାଇଲେ ବହୁ ପରିମାଣର ଅଙ୍ଗାରକାମ୍ଳ ଗ୍ୟାସ ବାୟୁ ମଣ୍ଡଳରେ ମିଶେ ଓ ଦୂର୍ଗନ୍ଧ ବାହାରି ପରିବେଶ ପ୍ରଦୂଷିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

BSE Odisha 7th Class Science Solutions Chapter 17 ଆବର୍ଜନାର ପରିଚାଳନା

Question 7.
ପୁରୁଣା ଓ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୋଇସାରିଥିବା ଟାଏର୍‌ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଆମେ ଅବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଜାଗାରେ ଫୋପାଡ଼ି ଦେଇଥାଉ । ଏଥୁଗୁଁ ଯେଉଁ ସ୍ଵାସ୍ଥ୍ୟଗତ ସମସ୍ୟା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ଲେଖ ।
Solution:

  • ଟାଏରମ୍ମତିକ୍ ସାଧାରଣଙ କେବ-ନିମ୍ନାକରଣ ଅବଲାନା | ଏଣ୍ଡ ଅଶ୍ମଜୀବମାନଜ ଦାରା ଅପଣଟିତହୁଏ ନାହିଁ କି ମାଟିରେ ମିଶେ ନାହିଁ । ଏଣୁ ସହର ଓ ଗ୍ରାମାଞ୍ଚଳର ଆବର୍ଜନା ଦୂରୀକରଣ ଏକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସମସ୍ୟା ।

Question 8.
ଅଣୁଜୀବମାନେ ଶୁଖୁଲା ପତ୍ର ସହିତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି କ’ଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରନ୍ତି ?
(କ) ବାଲି (ଖ) ଛତୁ (ଗ) ହ୍ୟୁମସ୍ (ଘ) କାଠ
Solution:
ହ୍ୟୁମସ୍

Question 9.
କଟକ ଓ ଭୁବନେଶ୍ଵର ଭଳି ବଡ଼ ବଡ଼ ସହରରୁ ନିର୍ଗତ ବହୁ ପରିମାଣରେ ବାହିତ ମଳକୁ ସଦୁପଯୋଗ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଦୁଇଟି ଉପାୟ ଲେଖ ।
Solution:

  • କଟକର CDAରୁ ବାହିତ ମଳର ସଦୁପଯୋଗ କରାଯାଇ ସେଥୁରୁ କେବଳ ସାର ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଯାଉଛି, ମାତ୍ର ଗୋଟିଏ ବାୟୋଗ୍ୟାସ ପ୍ଲାଣ୍ଟ କରାଗଲେ ଏଡ୍ ସହ ଜାଲେଣି ଗ୍ୟାସ ଓ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଶକ୍ତି ମିଳିପାରିବ ।
  • ଭୁବନେଶ୍ୱରରେ ବାହିତ ମଳକୁ ନେଇ ଗୋଟିଏ City Sewage Disposal Plant ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ସହରର ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳ ଉପଚାର ପ୍ଳାଣ୍ଟ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ । ଫଳରେ ସେଥୁରୁ ସାର, ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍, ଜାଳେଣୀ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଓ ପାନୀୟ ଜଳ ପରିମାଣରେ ମିଳିପାରିବ ।

ବିପଯୁବସ୍ତୁ ସପୂଜାପ ପୂଚନା ଓ ବିଶେଷଣ :

→ ଉପକ୍ରମ :

  • ମନୁଷ୍ୟର ଅଦରକାରୀ ବା ପରିତ୍ୟକ୍ତ ବସ୍ତୁ ସମୂହକୁ ତ୍ୟଜ୍ୟ ବସ୍ତୁ ବା ଆବର୍ଜନା କୁହାଯାଏ ।
  • ଆବର୍ଜନାଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଅବସ୍ଥାକୁ ନେଇ ଏହା କଠିନ, ତରଳ ଓ ଗ୍ୟାସୀୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
  • ସହରର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଗୃହ ଆବର୍ଜନା ସବୁ ଜମା କରାଯାଏ । ପନିପରିବା ଚୋପା, ଫଳ, ମଞ୍ଜି, ରନ୍ଧନଶାଳାର ଆବର୍ଜନା, ଗଛ ପତ୍ର ଓ ଘାସ, ଭଙ୍ଗାରୁଜା ଟିଣ, ଅଦରକାରୀ କାଚ ବୋତଲ, ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟିକ ଓ ପଲିଥୁନ୍ ଆଦି କଠିନ ଆବର୍ଜନା ଅଟନ୍ତି ।
  • ଆଉ ଏକ ପ୍ରକାରର ଆବର୍ଜନା ହେଲା ନାଳ ଓ ନର୍ଦ୍ଦମା ପାଣି | ଶିଳ୍ପାଞ୍ଚଳଗୁଡ଼ିକରୁ ନିର୍ଗତ ତରଳ ତ୍ୟଜ୍ୟ ସବୁ
  • ଗାଡ଼ି ମଟର, କଳକାରଖାନା ଆଦିରୁ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ଆବର୍ଜନା, ଗ୍ୟାସୀୟ ଆବର୍ଜନା ଅଟେ । ଜାଳେଣିରୁ ମଧ୍ଯ ଗ୍ୟାସୀୟ ଆବର୍ଜନା ବାୟୁମଣ୍ଡଳରେ ମିଶିଥାଏ ।
  • ତରଳ ଓ ଗ୍ୟାସୀୟ ଆବର୍ଜନା ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ରାସାୟନିକ ଆବର୍ଜନା ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ବିଷାକ୍ତ ଓ କ୍ଷତିକାରକ ।
  • ନାଳ, ନର୍ଦ୍ଦମାର ତରଳ ଆବର୍ଜନାରେ ପ୍ରଧାନ ଅଂଶ ହେଉଛି ଜଳ ଏବଂ ଏଥିରେ ଖଦା ଅଂଶ ଅତି କମ୍ । ଜଳକୁ ଖଦାରୁ ପୃଥକ କରି କ୍ଲୋରିନ ଦ୍ଵାରା ବିଶୋଧନ କରି ନଦୀ, ନାଳ, ସମୁଦ୍ର ବା ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଜଳଧାର ମାନଙ୍କରେ ଛାଡ଼ିଦିଆ ଯାଇପାରେ ।

→ ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଜଳ :

  • ଆପେ କେବଳ ବିଶ୍ଵଦ୍ଧ କାଳକୁ ବୃ ପାନାମ୍ ଉପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥାଇ |
  • ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳକୁ ପାନୀୟ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଲୋକମାନେ ଜଳ ବାହିତ ରୋଗ ଯଥା – କଲେରା, ଟାଇଫଏଡ଼ ଓ କାମଳ ଆଦି ରୋଗଦ୍ୱାରା ଆକ୍ରାନ୍ତ ହୋଇଥାଆନ୍ତି ।
    • ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଜଳର ଆବଶ୍ୟକତାକୁ ଅନୁଭବ କରାଇ ଜନସଚେତନତା ଜାଗ୍ରତ କରିବା ପାଇଁ 2005 ମସିହାରୁ ମାର୍ଚ୍ଚ 22 ତାରିଖକୁ ଆମେ ‘ବିଶ୍ଵ ଜଳ ବିବସ’’ ରୂପେ ପାଳନ କରି ଆସୁଛୁ ।
  • ଜାତିସଂଘର ଘୋଷଣା ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ଦଶନ୍ଧି 2005 – 2015 କୁ ଆନ୍ତର୍ଜାତିକ ସ୍ତରରେ ‘‘ଜୀବନ ପାଇଁ ଜଳ’’ ଉପରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରି ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କୁ ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧପାନୀୟ ଜଳ ଯୋଗାଇବାର ଏହି ପ୍ରକଳ୍ପର ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ।
  • ତରଳ ଆବର୍ଜନାର ବିଭିନ୍ନ କାରକଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଜଳ ସହିତ ମିଶି ଜଳକୁ ଦୂଷିତ କରିଥାଏ । ବିଭିନ୍ନ କାରଣରୁ ଜଳ ପ୍ରଦୂଷିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ; ଯଥା – ଶିଳ୍ପଜନିତ, କୃଷି ସମ୍ପର୍କିତ, ଗୃହକାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଜନିତ ଆଦି ।
  • ଅପଚଯିତ କାଳର ସମ୍ୟକୟକୃପେ ସେଥିରେ ମିଶିଥିବା ସମୟ ଆନକାନାର ଉପଚାର କୁହାଯାଏ ।

→ ଆବର୍ଜନା ମିଶ୍ରିତ ଜଳ :

  • ଆବର୍ଜନା ମିଶ୍ରିତ ଜଳକୁ ଅପଚୟିତ ଜଳ କୁହାଯାଏ । ପାଇଖାନା ଓ ଗାଧୁଆ ଘରୁ ବାହାରୁଥିବା ମଇଳା ଜଳ, ନାଳରୁ ବାହାରୁଥ‌ିବା ଜଳ, ବର୍ଷାଦ୍ବାରା ଧୋଇହୋଇ ଯାଉଥିବା ଜଳ ଆଦି ଅପଚୟିତ ଜଳ ।
  • ଅପଚୟିତ ଜଳରେ କେତେକ ଦୂଷିତ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଭାସମାନ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ରହିଥାଏ ଓ ଆଉ କେତେକ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ରହିଥାଏ । ସେଥ‌ିରେ କେତେକ ହାନିକାରକ ଜୈବ ଓ ଅଜୈବ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଏବଂ ରୋଗ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକାରୀ ଜୀବାଣୁ ଓ ଅଣୁଜୀବ ରହିଥାନ୍ତି ।
  • ଜଳ ନିଷ୍କାସନର ସୁବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା କରିବା ଉଚିତ ଓ ବର୍ଷା ଜଳକୁ ନଷ୍ଟ ହେବାକୁ ନଦେଇ ତା’କୁ ସଂଚୟ କରିବା ଉଚିତ୍ ।
  • ଅପଚୟିତ ଜଳରେ ଥିବା କେତେକ ପଦାର୍ଥର ଉଦାହରଣ ତଳେ ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।

ଜୈବିକ ପଦାର୍ଥ – ମନୁଷ୍ୟର ମଳ, ପଶୁପକ୍ଷୀଙ୍କ ମଇଳା, ଅପରିଷ୍କାର ତୈଳ ଜାତୀୟ ପଦାର୍ଥ, ପଲିଥନ୍,
ଅଜୈବିକ ପଦାର୍ଥ – ମାଟି, ଗୋଡ଼ି, ପାଉଁଶ, ଭଙ୍ଗାକାଚ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।
ପୋଷକ – ନାଇଟ୍ରୋଜେନ୍, ଫସ୍‌ଫରସ୍, ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଧାତୁର ଯୌଗିକରୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ସାର ।
ବୀଜାଣୁ – ହଇଜା ଓ ଆନ୍ତ୍ରିକ ଜ୍ଵର ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରୁଥିବା ବୀଜାଣୁ ।

→ ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳର ଉପଚାର :

  • ଜଣେ ସଚେତନ ଓ ଉତ୍ତମ ନାଗରିକ ହିସାବରେ, ତୁମେ ପୌରପରିଷଦର କର୍ମକର୍ତ୍ତା ତଥା ଗ୍ରାମ ସରପଞ୍ଚଙ୍କ ସହାୟତାରେ ପରିବେଶକୁ ପରିଷ୍କାର ଓ ବିଶୋଧନ କରିବାରେ ପଦକ୍ଷେପମାନ ନେବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ।
  • ନାଳ ନର୍ଦ୍ଦମା ପାଖରେ ଇଉକାଲିପଟାସ୍ ଗଛ ଲଗାଇଲେ ତାହା ଅପରିଷ୍କାର ଜଳ ଅଧ୍ବକ ଶୋଷଣ କରି ପରିଷ୍କାର ବାଷ୍ପ ବାୟୁମଣ୍ଡଳକୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଥାଏ ।

→ ଆବର୍ଜନା ନିଷ୍କାସନର ଉତ୍ତମ ମାର୍ଗ :

  • ଅଳ୍ପ ଆବର୍ଜନା ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିବା ଓ ଦ୍ୱିତୀୟରେ ଆବର୍ଜନାର ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ବିନିଯୋଗକରି ସେଥୁରୁ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ଉପାଦାନଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କାମରେ ଲଗାଇବା ।
  • ଅଦରକାରୀ ତୈଳଜାତୀୟ ପଦାର୍ଥ ମାଟିର ଜଳ ଶୋଷଣରେ ବାଧା ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ଓ ମୋବିଲ, ପୋକମରା ଔଷଧ, ବିଭିନ୍ନ ରଙ୍ଗ, ଆଦି ନାଳରେ ପକାଇଲେ ଏହା ଉପକାରୀ ଅଣୁଜୀବଙ୍କୁ ମାରି ଅଶେଷ କ୍ଷତିସାଧନ କରିଥାଏ ।
  • ପଲିଥନ୍, ଛିଣ୍ଡାକନା, ତୁଳା, ଭଙ୍ଗା କଣ୍ଢେଇ ଆଦି ନାଳରେ ପକାଇଲେ ନାଳ ବନ୍ଦ ହୋଇ ଜଳ ନିଷ୍କାନରେ ବାଧାଦିଏ ।
  • ସହଜରେ ମାଟିରେ ମିଶିଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ଜୈବ ନିମ୍ବୀକରଣ ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ଆବର୍ଜନା ପାଇଁ ସବୁଜ ରଙ୍ଗର ଓ ଜୈବ – ନିମ୍ନକରଣ ଅଯୋଗ୍ୟ ଆବର୍ଜନା ପାଇଁ ଲାଲରଙ୍ଗର ଡଷ୍ଟବିନ୍ ଘରେ ଓ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।

→ ପରିମଳ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାର :

  • ପରିମଳ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାର ଉନ୍ନତି ପାଇଁ ସମସ୍ତେ ସ୍ବଚ୍ଛ ପାଇଖାନା ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।
  • ଖୋଲାଜାଗାରେ ମଳତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ, ଯଦି ମଳତ୍ୟାଗ ହୁଏ, ତେବେ ଏହାକୁ ବାଲି କିମ୍ବା ମାଟି ଦ୍ଵାରା ଘୋଡ଼ାଇ ଦେବା ଉଚିତ ।
  • ଆଜିକାଲି ଜଳମୁଦ ପାଇଖାନାରୁ ନିଷ୍କାସିତ ଜଳକୁ ପାଇପ୍ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ବାୟୋଗ୍ୟାସ ପ୍ଲାଣ୍ଟ ସହ ସଂଯୋଗ କରି ସେଥ‌ିରୁ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଶକ୍ତି ଓ ତାପଶକ୍ତି ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରାଯାଉଛି ।

→ ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ଭୂତଳ ନିଷ୍କାସନର ସୁବିଧା ନାହିଁ :

  • ପର୍ବପର୍ବାଣି, ମେଳା ଓ ମହୋତ୍ସବ ପାଳନ ବେଳେ, ହାଟ ବଜାର, ରେଳଷ୍ଟେସନ୍ , ଡାକ୍ତରଖାନା ଓ ବିମାନ ବନ୍ଦରରେ ଅନେକ ଲୋକ ପ୍ରତିଦିନ ଯାତାୟତ କରନ୍ତି । ଏଣୁ ଏଠାରେ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ଆବର୍ଜନାର ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ନିଷ୍କାସନ ଓ ବିଶୋଧନ ଏକାନ୍ତ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ, ନଚେତ୍ ମହାମାରୀ ରୋଗ ବ୍ୟାପିବାର ସମ୍ଭାବନ ଅଛି ।
  • ପରିମଳ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ପ୍ରତି ନିଜେ ସଚେତନ ରହିବା ସହ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କୁ ସଚେତନ କରିବା ଆମର କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ । କାରଣ ଆମ ପରିବେଶକୁ ସୁସ୍ଥ ଓ ପରିଷ୍କାର ରଖୁବା ଆମ ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କର କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ । ମିଳିତ ଉଦ୍ୟମରେ ପରିବେଶ ପ୍ରଦୂଷଣ ମୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇ ପାରିବ ।

→ ପରିଷ୍କାର ପରିଚ୍ଛନତା ଓ ରୋଗ :

  • ଅସ୍ବାସ୍ଥ୍ୟକର ପରିବେଶରେ ବାସ କରିବା ଓ ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳ ପାନ କରିବା ସମସ୍ତ ରୋଗର ପ୍ରଧାନ କାରଣ ।
  • ଏଣେତେଣେ ମଳତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା ଫଳରେ ବାୟୁ, ମାଟି ଉପର ଓ ମାଟି ତଳ ଜଳ ଦୂଷିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଖୋଲା ପଡ଼ିଆରେ ଝାଡ଼ା ନ ଯାଇ ବରପାଲି ବା ସେପ୍‌ଟିକ୍ ଟ୍ୟାକ୍ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ।
  • ଖାଲି ପାଦରେ ଝାଡ଼ାଗଲେ ମଳରେ ଥିବା କୃମି ପାଦର ଚର୍ମଦେଇ ଶରୀର ଭିତରକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରନ୍ତି ।
    • ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳ ପାନ କଲେ ଏବଂ ସେଥ‌ିରେ ଗାଧୋଇଲେ ହଇଜା, କାମଳ,
    • ଟାଇଫଏଡ଼, କାଛୁକୁଣ୍ଡିଆ ଓ ଯାଦୁ ଆଦି ରୋଗ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

→ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଜଳର ନିଷ୍କାସନ ଓ ପୁନଃ ବ୍ୟବହାର :

  • ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଜଳକୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଜାଗାରେ ଜମିବାକୁ ନ ଦେଇ ଏହାକୁ ସୋପିଟ ମଧ୍ୟକୁ ବା ବଗିଚାର ଗଛ ମୂଳକୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଦେବା ଉଚିତ ।
  • ସହରାଞ୍ଚଳରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଜଳକୁ ଏଣେତେଣେ ନ ଛାଡ଼ି ମୁଖ୍ୟନାଳକୁ ଛାଡ଼ିବା ଉଚିତ ।
  • କୂଅ ଓ ନଳକୂଅ ପାଖରେ ସିମେଣ୍ଟ ଚଟାଣ କରି ଉଚ୍ଚା କଲେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ପାଣି ଏହା ମଧ୍ୟକୁ ନଯାଇ ଜଳକୁ ଦୂଷିତ କରି ନ ଥାଏ ।
  • ନାଳ ନର୍ଦ୍ଦମାର ଆବର୍ଜନାକୁ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରି ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ ସେଥୁରୁ ଜଳ ଓ ଖଦା ଅଂଶକୁ ପୃଥକ କରି ଓ ଜଳକୁ ବିଶୋଧନ କରି ଚାଷପାଇଁ ଏହି ଜଳକୁ ବିନିଯୋଗ କରାଇପାରିବ । ଏପରିକି ମାଛ ଚାଷ ପାଇଁ ମଧ୍ୟ ଲାଭଜନକ ଭାବରେ ଏହାର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।

→ ଅପଚୟିତ ଜଳର ପୁନଃ ଚକ୍ରଣ ଏବଂ ପୁନଃ ବିନିଯୋଗ :

  • ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଆବର୍ଜନାର ପୁନଃଚକ୍ରଣ କରି ବ୍ୟବହାର ଯୋଗ୍ୟ କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ । କଠିନ ଆବର୍ଜନାକୁ ସହଜରେ ପୁନଃଚକ୍ରଣ କରି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ; ଯଥା –ଭଙ୍ଗା ଟିଣ, କାଚ, ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟିକ ଆଦି ଆବର୍ଜନାକୁ ଆବଶ୍ୟକୀୟ କାରଖାନାକୁ ପଠାଯାଇ ଏହାକୁ ତରଳାଇ ସେଥୁରୁ ନୂତନ ଜିନିଷ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଅପଚୟିତ ଜଳକୁ ସିଧାସଳଖ ନଦୀ ବା ସମୁଦ୍ରକୁ ଛାଡ଼ିବା ଫଳରେ ଅଶୋଧ ଜଳ ଓ ଏଥ‌ିରେ ଥିବା ମାରାତ୍ମକ ପଦାର୍ଥମାନ ଜଳଜ ଜୀବମାନଙ୍କର ଅଶେଷ କ୍ଷତି ଘଟାଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଆଜିକାଲି ଅପଚୟିତ ଜଳକୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାଦ୍ୱାରା ପୁନଃ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଉପଯୋଗୀ କରାଯାଇ ପାରୁଛି । ଉଦାହରଣ ସ୍ଵରୂପ, ଭୁବନେଶ୍ୱର ବିଡ଼ିଏ ନିକୋ ପାର୍କକୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ନଳାରେ ଆସୁଥ‌ିବା ଆବର୍ଜନା ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ନର୍ଦ୍ଦମା ଜଳକୁ ପରିଷ୍କାର କରି ଏକ କୃତ୍ରିମ ହ୍ରଦ କରାଯାଇଛି । ଏହି ହ୍ରଦରେ ନୌକା ବିହାର ଓ ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଜଳକ୍ରୀଡ଼ା କରାଯାଇ ପାରୁଛି ।
  • ଭୌତିକ, ରାସାୟନିକ ଓ ଜୈବିକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳର ଉପଚାର କରାଯାଇ ଏହାକୁ ପରିଷ୍କାର ଓ ବ୍ୟବହାର
  • ଏଥୁରୁ ଶେଷରେ ସାର ମିଳିବା ସହ ଜାଳେଣି ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ମଧ୍ୟ ମିଳେ ଏବଂ ପରିଷ୍କାର ବିଶୋଧ ଜଳକୁ ପାନୀୟ ଜଳରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

→ ଆସ, ଜାଣିବା :

  • ଘରୁ, କଳକାରଖାନାରୁ, ଚାଷଜମିରୁ ନିର୍ଗତ ଓ ମନୁଷ୍ୟର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ବ୍ୟବହାରରୁ ନିର୍ଗତ ବା ନିଷ୍କାସିତ ଜଳକୁ ଆମେ ପାରୁଛି ।
  • ଅପଚୟିତ ଏକ ପ୍ରକାର ତରଳ ଦୂଷିତ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଯାହା, ମାଟି ଜଳ ଏବଂ ଜମିକୁ ପ୍ରଦୂଷିତ କରିଥାଏ ।
  • ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳକୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଉପଚାର କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ଭୂତଳ ନିଷ୍କାସନର ସୁବିଧା ନାହିଁ ସେଠାରେ କମ୍ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚରେ ସୁଲଭ ପରିମଳ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳର ଉପଚାର ଫଳରେ ପଟୁମାଟି ଓ ଜୈବିକ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉପଲବ୍ଧ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଖୋଲା ନାଳରେ ମାଛି, ମଶା ଏବଂ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଅଣୁଜୀବ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଥାଆନ୍ତି । ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ରୋଗର କାରଣ ।
  • ଖୋଲା ପଡ଼ିଆରେ ଝାଡ଼ା ନଯାଇ, ପକ୍କା ପାଇଖାନା ବା ବରପାଲି ପାଇଖାନା ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Chapter 7 Short Answer Questions in Odia Medium

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Solutions Chapter 7 ପରିବ୍ୟୟ Short Answer Questions.

CHSE Odisha 12th Class Economics Chapter 7 Short Answer Questions in Odia Medium

ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ଉତ୍ତରମୂଳକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର
A ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଦୁଇଟି/ ତିନୋଟି ବାକ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।

1. ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ସଂସ୍ଥା କୌଣସି ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ କଲାବେଳେ ଯେଉଁ ବ୍ୟୟ ଭାର ବହନ କରିଥାଆନ୍ତି, ତାହାକୁ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ । ସୁତରାଂ, ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ପରିମାଣର ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ଯେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ନିଜେ ବହନ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଆଖ୍ୟା ଦିଆଯାଏ । ଚୌଦ୍ବାରସ୍ଥିତ ଚାର୍ଜକ୍ରୋମ୍ କାରଖାନାର ବ୍ୟୟିତ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କେବଳ ତା’ର ମାଲିକ ବହନ କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଏକ ଉଦାହରଣ ଅଟେ ।

2. ସାମାଜିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ସଂସ୍ଥାମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ସମାଜ ଯେଉଁ ଭାର ବହନ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ସାମାଜିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ । କୌଣସି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ କଲାବେଳେ ଏପରିକି କାରଖାନା ସହ ଆଦୌ ସମ୍ପୃକ୍ତ ନ ଥ‌ିବା ସମାଜର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିବିଶେଷ ନାନା ଅସୁବିଧାର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହୁଅନ୍ତି । ପରିବେଶ ପ୍ରଦୂଷଣଜନିତ ଅସୁବିଧା ଏବଂ ତହିଁରୁ ମୁକ୍ତି ପାଇବାପାଇଁ ଯେଉଁ ବୋଝ ସରକାର ତଥା ସମାଜ ବହନ କରେ, ତାହାହିଁ ସାମାଜିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।

3. ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପକାଳ-କ’ଣ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ସମୟସୀମା ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନର ଆୟତନରେ କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରିପାରେ ନାହିଁ, ତାହାକୁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପକାଳ ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ । ତେଣୁ ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପକାଳରେ କେବଳ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ଉପାଦାନରେ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟାଇ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟାଇବା ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପକାଳରେ ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଦେଖାଯାଏ; ଯଥା- ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଏବଂ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।

4. ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ସମୟସୀମା ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ସଂସ୍ଥାର ଆୟତନ ଓ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରପାତି ଇତ୍ୟାଦିର ବୃଦ୍ଧି କରିବା ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳ ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ । ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳରେ କୌଣସି ଉପାଦାନ ସ୍ଥିର ବା ଅପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ରହେ ନାହିଁ ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଏହି ସମୟରେ ସମସ୍ତ ଉପାଦାନ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Chapter 7 Short Answer Questions in Odia Medium

5. ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦ ପରିମାଣରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହେଲେ ଯେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଘଟେ, ତାହାକୁ ପରି ଉଁନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ ବାବଦ ଖର୍ଜ, ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ବିଜୁଳିଶକ୍ତି ବାବଦ ଦେୟ, ଶ୍ରମିକମାନଙ୍କ ମଜୁରି ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁକ୍ତ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟିଲେ ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟେ ଏବଂ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ହ୍ରାସ ହେଲେ ଏହା ହ୍ରାସ ପାଇଥାଏ ଏବଂ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପରିମାଣ ଶୂନ୍ୟ ହେଲେ, ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟ ଶୂନ୍ୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

6. ଯୋଜନା ରେଖା କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପକାଳରେ ବାସ୍ତବରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ସଙ୍ଘଟିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ମାତ୍ର ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ନିମିତ୍ତ କେବଳ ଯୋଜନା ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ । ସେଥ‌ିପାଇଁ ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖାକୁ ଯୋଜନା ରେଖା ବୋଲି ଅଭିହିତ କରାଯାଏ । କାରଣ ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳରେ ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପକାଳୀନ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ଭିତ୍ତିରେ ହିଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ସ୍ଥିର କରାଯାଇପାରେ ।

7. ଆବୃତ ରେଖା କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନର ନୂନତମ ବିନ୍ଦୁକୁ ଯୋଗକଲେ ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳରେ ଯେଉଁ ରେଖା ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ, ତାହାହିଁ ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା । ଏହା ସମସ୍ତ ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପକାଳୀନ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖାକୁ ଆବୃତ କରି ରଖୁଥାଏ। ତେଣୁ ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳୀନ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖାକୁ ଆବୃତ ରେଖା ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ ।

8. ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହେଉଛି ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନର ମୋଟ ବ୍ୟୟ ବରାଦ । ଉଭୟ ସ୍ଥିର ଉପାଦାନ ଓ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ଉପାଦାନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ କରୁଥିବା ମୋଟ ବ୍ୟୟକୁ ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଅର୍ଥାତ୍‌, ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହେଉଛି ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ମୋଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସମଷ୍ଟି ।

9. ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସାଧନ ମାଲିମାନଙ୍କଠାରୁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ସହାୟକ ସେବା କ୍ରୟ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଯେଉଁ ବ୍ୟୟ ବହନ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି ତାହାକୁ ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଶ୍ରମ, ପୁଞ୍ଜି, ଭୂମି ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ମାଲିକମାନଙ୍କୁ ଯେଉଁ ଚୁକ୍ତିଗତ ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ଦେୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି, ତାହାହିଁ ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । ଏହାକୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

10. ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଏପରି କେତେକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଅଛି, ଯେଉଁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପ୍ରକୃତରେ ବ୍ୟୟିତ ହୋଇ ନଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ ହେବା ଉଚିତ, ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବା ଲୁକ୍‌କାୟିତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀଙ୍କ ନିଜସ୍ବ ଭୂମି ପାଇଁ ଅଶେଷ, ନିଜସ୍ଵ ଶ୍ରମ ପାଇଁ ମଜୁରି ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟରେ ଉଭୟ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହିସାବକୁ ନିଆଯାଏ ।

11. ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କୌଣସି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପାଇଁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଉପାଦାନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପାଇଁ ଯେଉଁ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କରିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନ କାଳରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ସାଧନ କ୍ରୟ କରିଥାଏ ଏବଂ ସେଥ‌ିପାଇଁ ପାଉଣା ଦେଇଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ ସମସ୍ତ ପାଉଣାର ସମଷ୍ଟି ହେଉଛି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ କୌଣସି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପାଇଁ ଯେଉଁ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ବହନ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

12. ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଫଳନ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଦାମ୍ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରଣ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ମୋଟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ସହିତ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସମ୍ପର ୍କ୍ଥାପନ କରିଥାଏ । ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଫଳନ ଅଟେ । ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଫଳନ ଏକ ବ୍ୟୁତ୍ପତ୍ତି ଫଳନ (Cost function is a derived function) । ଏହା ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ଫଳନରୁ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଇଅଛି ।

13. ମୁଦ୍ରାଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ମୋଟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚକୁ ମୁଦ୍ରା ଆକାରରେ ପରିମାପ କରାଗଲେ, ତାହାକୁ ମୁଦ୍ରାଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ପରିମାଣର ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ଉଦ୍ୟୋକ୍ତା ଯେଉଁ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ମୁଦ୍ରା ଆକାରରେ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି, ତାହାକୁ ମୁଦ୍ରାଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ତେଣୁ, ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ସମସ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଅଟେ ।

14. ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ନିୟୋଜିତ ସମସ୍ତ ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ଉପାଦାନ ବା ସେମାନଙ୍କର ମାଲିକମାନଙ୍କର ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାରର ଅସୁବିଧା ଓ ତ୍ୟାଗର ସମଷ୍ଟିକୁ ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଶ୍ରମିକ ଶ୍ରମଦାନ କଲାବେଳେ ଯେଉଁ କଷ୍ଟ ଓ ପରିଶ୍ରମ ସ୍ୱୀକାର କରିଥାଏ ତାହା ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । ସାମାଜିକ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିକୋଣରୁ ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଧାରଣର ଉପଯୋଗିତା ଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥଶାସ୍ତ୍ରରେ ଏହାର କୌଣସି ଭୂମିକା ନାହିଁ।

15. ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି, ତାହାକୁ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ ପାଇଁ ଦର, ଶ୍ରମିକମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ମଜୁରି, ଭୂମି ପାଇଁ ଅଶେଷ, ବିଜ୍ଞାପନ, କର, ବୀମା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ନିମନ୍ତେ ମଧ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟୟ ବରାଦ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଏହି ସମସ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନର ହିସାବ ଖାତାରେ ପ୍ରତିଫଳିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବା ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

16. ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ସମ୍ବଳ ସୀମିତ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ କୌଣସି ଏକ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଯଦି ଉତ୍ପାଦନ କରନ୍ତି, ତାହାହେଲେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବାକୁ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ତ୍ୟାଗ କରୁଥିବା ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦିତ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । ତେଣୁ, କୌଣସି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ପରିତ୍ୟକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିବା ସର୍ବୋତ୍ତମ ବିକଳ୍ପ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।

17. ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଏକ ବିସ୍ତୃତ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵ ଯାହା ଉଭୟ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସମ୍ମିଶ୍ରଣ ଅଟେ । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଭାବେ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କିଣିବାପାଇଁ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ ଯେଉଁସବୁ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ବହନ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି, ତାହାକୁ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଅନ୍ୟପକ୍ଷରେ ଉଦ୍ୟୋକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ସ୍ବସମ୍ବଳର ବିନିଯୋଗ ନିମନ୍ତେ ସେ ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରାପ୍ୟ ପାଆନ୍ତି, ତାହାକୁ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ= ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ + ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Chapter 7 Short Answer Questions in Odia Medium

18. ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଯେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଘଟିନଥାଏ, ତାହା ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିପାରେ ନାହିଁ । ଉତ୍ପାଦର ପରିମାଣ ଯାହା ହେଉନା କାହିଁକି, ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ ଏହି ବ୍ୟୟ ଭାର ବହନ କରିବାକୁ ବାଧ୍ୟ । ଉତ୍ପାଦର ପରିମାଣ ସହିତ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟର କୌଣସି ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନଥିବାରୁ ଏହାକୁ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବା ପରୋକ୍ଷ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ନାମରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଅଭିହିତ କରାଯାଏ ।

19. ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ଉପାଦାନମାନଙ୍କ ନିମନ୍ତେ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ ସ୍ୱଳ୍ପକାଳରେ ଯେଉଁ ବ୍ୟୟ ବରାଦ କରିଥାଏ, ତାହା ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । ଉତ୍ପାଦର ଯେକୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ସହିତ ଏହା ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦ ପରିମାଣ ଓ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିଗୋଚର ହୁଏ । କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ ପାଇଁ ଦେୟ, ଶ୍ରମିକମାନଙ୍କ ମଜୁରି, ଶକ୍ତି ପାଇଁ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଉଦାହରଣ ।

20. ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଏକ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ଏକକ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ହେବାଦ୍ଵାରା ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟରେ ଯେଉଁ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟେ, ତାହାକୁ ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଏହା ଏକ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ପାଇଁ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ବ୍ୟୟ । ଅର୍ଥାତ୍, ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପୂର୍ବତନ ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ହେଉଛି ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।

21. ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଏକକ ପାଇଁ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ତେଣୁ ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ମୋଟ ଉତ୍ପାଦଦ୍ଵାରା ଭାଗ କରି ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଆକଳନ କରାଯାଏ । ଯେହେତୁ ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ସର୍ବଦା ସ୍ଥିର, ମୋଟ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ପରିମାଣର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଏକକ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ସହିତ ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହ୍ରାସମାନ ହାରରେ ହ୍ରାସ ପାଇଥାଏ।

22. ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କୁହାଯାଏ । ମୋଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ମୋଟ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ପରିମ ଣଦ୍ବାରା ଭାଗ କରି ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରାଯାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦର ଏକକ ଓ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରଥମେ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଓ ତତ୍ପରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ଥ‌ିବାରୁ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ପ୍ରଥମେ ନିମ୍ନଗାମୀ ଓ ତତ୍ପରେ ଊର୍ଦ୍ଧ୍ୱଗାମୀ ବା ଏହା ଇଂରାଜୀ ଅକ୍ଷର ‘U’ ସଦୃଶ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

23. ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଏକକ ପିଛା ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରିବାକୁ ହେଲେ ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ଉତ୍ପାଦିତ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଏକକଦ୍ୱାରା ଭାଗ କରିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଥାଏ । ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହେଉଛି ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥାୟୀ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଏବଂ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସମଷ୍ଟି ।

B ପାଞ୍ଚଟି/ ଛଅଟି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୂ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।

1. ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କିପରି ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ସମସ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିପ୍ରକାଶକୁ ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ଅର୍ଥବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ହେଉଛି ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ଅର୍ଥବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା । ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ସମସ୍ତ ବ୍ୟୟ ମୁଦ୍ରା ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ହିଁ ସମ୍ପାଦିତ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ସେ ଶ୍ରମିକକୁ ଦେଉଥୁବା ମଜୁରି, ଋଣକୃତ ପୁଞ୍ଜି ପାଇଁ ଦେଉଥ‌ିବା ସୁଧ, ଭୂମି ପାଇଁ ପଇଠ କରୁଥିବା ଅଧୁଶେଷ, ସରକାରଙ୍କୁ ଦେଉଥ‌ିବା କର ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ମୁଦ୍ରା ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରାଯାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ସମସ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଅଟେ । ତେଣୁ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ପରିମାଣର ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ନିମନ୍ତେ କରାଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ସମସ୍ତ ଅର୍ଥବ୍ୟୟର ସମଷ୍ଟିକୁ ଉକ୍ତ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ମୁଦ୍ରାଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ

2. ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କିପରି ଏକ ଅନୁଭବସିଦ୍ଧ ବା ମାନସିକ ବିଷୟ ।
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ନିୟୋଜିତ ସମସ୍ତ ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ଉପାଦାନ ବା ସେମାନଙ୍କର ମାଲିକମାନଙ୍କର ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାରର ଅସୁବିଧା ଓ ତ୍ୟାଗର ସମଷ୍ଟିକୁ ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଶ୍ରମିକ ଶ୍ରମଦାନ କଲାବେଳେ ଯେଉଁ କଷ୍ଟ ଓ ପରିଶ୍ରମ ସ୍ୱୀକାର କରିଥାଏ, ତାହା ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । ଠିକ୍ ସେହିପରି, ପୁଞ୍ଜିର ମାଲିକ ଋଣ ଦେବାଦ୍ଵାରା ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ଉପଭୋଗରୁ ନିଜକୁ ବଞ୍ଚତ କରି ଯେଉଁ ତ୍ୟାଗ ସ୍ଵୀକାର କରେ, ତାହା ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । କିନ୍ତୁ ଅସୁବିଧା ଓ ତ୍ୟାଗ ମନସ୍ତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ଚିନ୍ତାଧାରା ହୋଇଥ‌ିବାରୁ ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସାଂଖ୍ୟକ ପରିମାପ ଅସମ୍ଭବ । ଏହା ଏକ ଉପଲବ୍ଧି ମାତ୍ର । ସାମାଜିକ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିକୋଣରୁ ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଧାରଣାର ଉପଯୋଗିତା ଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥଶାସ୍ତ୍ରରେ ଏହାର କୌଣସି ଭୂମିକା ନାହିଁ ।

3. ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଜଣେ ଉଦ୍ୟୋକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ସ୍ବ-ଅଧିକାରଭୁକ୍ତ ଏବଂ ସ୍ବ-ନିୟୋଜିତ ସାଧନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ପାରିଶ୍ରମିକ ବାବଦରେ ସେ ଯେଉଁ ଆୟ ପାଇବାକୁ ହକ୍‌ର, ତାହାକୁ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ବା ଲୁକ୍କାୟିତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଜଣେ ଉଦ୍ୟୋକ୍ତା ନିଜର ସମ୍ବଳ; ଯଥା- ଭୂମି, ପୁଞ୍ଜି, ଶ୍ରମ ଓ ସେବା ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ନିୟୋଜିତ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟରେ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁକ୍ତ କରାଯାଇନଥାଏ । ମାତ୍ର ଉଦ୍ୟୋକ୍ତାଙ୍କ ନିଜର ସମ୍ବଳ ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ତାହା ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଏଭଳି କେତେକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଅଛି, ଯେଉଁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପ୍ରକୃତରେ ବ୍ୟୟିତ ହୋଇ ନଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ ହେବା ଉଚିତ । ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ଆରୋପିତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

4. ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ଉପାଦାନ ନିୟୋଜନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ଯେଉଁ ସମସ୍ତ ଅର୍ଥ ବ୍ୟୟ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି, ତାହାକୁ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ ପାଇଁ ଦର, ଶ୍ରମିକମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ମଜୁରି, ଭୂମି ପାଇଁ ଅଶେଷ ଓ ଋଣ କରିଥିବା ପୁଞ୍ଜି ପାଇଁ ସୁଧ ଦେବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ବିଜ୍ଞାପନ, କର, ବୀମା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ନିମନ୍ତେ ବ୍ୟୟ ବରାଦ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଏହି ସମସ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନର ହିସାବ ଖାତାରେ ପ୍ରତିଫଳିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବା ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବୋଲି ଅଭିହିତ କରାଯାଏ । ଏହା ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନର ହୋଇଥିବା ସମସ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସମଷ୍ଟି ।

5. ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହେଉଛି ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସମଷ୍ଟି– କିପରି ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ନିୟୋଜିତ ସମସ୍ତ ବ୍ୟୟ ବରାଦକୁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଭାବେ ବିବେଚନା କରାଯାଏ ଏବଂ ତାହା ସହିତ ପ୍ରକୃତରେ ବ୍ୟୟିତ ନ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଯେଉଁ ପରିମାଣ ଅର୍ଥ ବ୍ୟୟ ପରିସରଭୁକ୍ତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ ତାହାକୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରୂପେ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଏ । ଜଣେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ଉତ୍ପାଦନରେ ନିଜ ପୁଞ୍ଜି ବିନିଯୋଗ କରିଛନ୍ତି । ତେଣୁ ସେ ପୁଞ୍ଜି ବାବଦକୁ ଯେଉଁ ସୁଧ ଦେଇଥା’ନ୍ତେ ତାହା ହେଉନାହାନ୍ତି । ତେଣୁ ଏହି ସୁଧକୁ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟରେ ଏକ ଅଂଶ ବୋଲି ବିଚାର କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।

କିନ୍ତୁ ଯଦି ସେ ବିନିଯୋଗ କରିଥିବା ପୁଞ୍ଜି ରଣ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତେ, ତେବେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ସୁଧ ଦେବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଥା’ନ୍ତା । ତେଣୁ ଏଭଳି କେତେକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଅଛି, ଯେଉଁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପ୍ରକୃତରେ ବ୍ୟୟିତ ହୋଇ ନଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ ହେବା ଉଚିତ, ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବା ଲୁକ୍କାୟିତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହେଉଛି ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସମଷ୍ଟି ।

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Chapter 7 Short Answer Questions in Odia Medium

6. ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହେଉଛି ପ୍ରଧାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ– କିପରି ?
Answer:
ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ଉପାଦାନମାନଙ୍କ ନିମନ୍ତେ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ ସ୍ୱଳ୍ପକାଳରେ ଯେଉଁ ବ୍ୟୟ ବରାଦ କରିଥାଏ, ତାହା ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । ଉତ୍ପାଦର ଯେକୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ସହିତ ଏହା ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦ ପରିମାଣ ଓ ପରିବର୍ଭନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିଗୋଚର ହୁଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ବନ୍ଦ ହେବା ସହିତ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଦ ହୋଇଥାଏ । କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ ପାଇଁ ଦେୟ, ଶ୍ରମିକମାନଙ୍କ ମଜୁରି, ଶକ୍ତି ପାଇଁ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଉଦାହରଣ । ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ, ଉତ୍ପାଦନରେ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସ୍ଥାନ ଅଧିକାର କରିଥାଏ । ଏହାକୁ ପ୍ରଧାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ, ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବା ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

7. ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ କାହିଁକି ଉପରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ସ୍ୱଳ୍ପକାଳୀନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ସ୍ଥୂଳତଃ ଦୁଇଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ, ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଲା ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । ତେଣୁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଯେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଘଟିନଥାଏ, ତାହା ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । ଉତ୍ପାଦର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିପାରେ ନାହିଁ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ପରିମାଣ ଯାହା ହେଉନା କାହିଁକି, ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ ଏହି ବ୍ୟୟ ଭାର ବହନ କରିବାକୁ ବାଧ୍ୟ । ଉତ୍ପାଦର ପରିମାଣ ସହିତ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟର କୌଣସି ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନ ଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଏହା ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବା ପରୋକ୍ଷ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ନାମରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଅଭିହିତ । ଉତ୍ପାଦର ସମସ୍ତ ଏକକ ପାଇଁ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଯେହେତୁ ସମାନ, ଏହାକୁ ଉପରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

8. ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଆର୍ଥନୀତିକ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣରେ ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ବ୍ୟବହାର ବହୁଳ । ଏହା ବିକଳ୍ପ ବ୍ୟବହାରକ୍ଷମ ସମ୍ବଳ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଏହା ପ୍ରଯୁଜ୍ୟ । ସମ୍ବଳ ସୀମିତ ହୋଇଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ କୌଣସି ଏକ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଯଦି ଉତ୍ପାଦନ କରନ୍ତି, ତାହାହେଲେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବାକୁ ହେବ । ତେଣୁ, ତ୍ୟାଗ କରୁଥିବା ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦିତ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । ଅର୍ଥାତ୍, କୌଣସି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ପରିତ୍ୟକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିବା ସର୍ବୋତ୍ତମ ବିକଳ୍ପ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟକୁ ବୁଝାଏ । ପ୍ରଫେସର ବେନ୍‌ହାମ୍‌ଙ୍କ ମତରେ ସମପରିମାଣ ଅର୍ଥବ୍ୟୟରେ ଅନୁରୂପ ସମ୍ବଳ ବିନିଯୋଗ କରି ଯେଉଁ ସର୍ବୋତ୍ତମ ବିକଳ୍ପ ଉତ୍ପାଦିତ ହୋଇପାରେ, ତାହା ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।

C ଛଅଟି ବାକ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସୀମିତ ରଖ୍ ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।

1. ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ :
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ସ୍ଥିର ଉପାଦାନ; ଯଥା- କାରଖାନା ଗୃହ, ମେସିନ୍, ଯନ୍ତ୍ରପାତି ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ଯେଉଁ ବ୍ୟୟ କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ଯେକୌଣସି ସ୍ତରରେ ଏହି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ସମାନ ଭାବରେ ବହନ କରାଯାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ‘ଶୂନ୍ୟ’ ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଅପରିବର୍ତିତ ରହିଥାଏ । ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କେବଳ ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପକାଳରେ ବହନ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ଉପାଦାନ; ଯଥା – କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ, ମଜୁରି ଆଦି ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ଯେଉଁ ବ୍ୟୟ କରାଯାଏ ତାହାକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ସ୍ତରରେ ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଭିନ୍ନ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ପରିମାଣ ଶୂନ୍ୟ ହେଲେ ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟ ଶୂନ୍ୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସ୍ଥିତି ଉଭୟ ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପକାଳ ଓ ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳରେ ଉପଲବ୍ଧ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ପ୍ରଧାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଆଖ୍ୟା ଦିଆଯାଇଥାଏ ।

2. ପ୍ରାକାଶ୍ୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ :
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ସାଧାରଣଭାବେ ପରିପ୍ରକାଶ କରିପାରେ, ତାହାକୁ ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ ବା ପ୍ରାକାଶ୍ୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଏହିସବୁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ପ୍ରାକାଶ୍ୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଉପାଦାନ; ଯଥା- ମଜୁରି, ସୁଧ, ବୀମା, କର, କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ଏହି ବ୍ୟୟ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ । ଏହାର ହିସାବ ବା ମୂଲ୍ୟାୟନ କରାଯାଇ ପାରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏହାକୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ମୋଟ ଆୟରୁ ଅନ୍ତର କରାଯାଇ ମୋଟ ଲାଭ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ । ଏହା ଏକ ସଂକୀର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅଭିଧାରଣ ।

ଯେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଲୁକ୍‌କାୟିତ ଭାବରେ ରହିଥାଏ ଓ ଏହାର ପରିପ୍ରକାଶ ସାଧାରଣରେ କରାଯାଇନଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କହିଲେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ନିଜ ଅଧିକାରଭୁକ୍ତ ସମ୍ବଳର ପ୍ରୟୋଗ; ଯଥା- ନିଜସ୍ଵ ଭୂମି, ନିଜସ୍ଵ ପୁଞ୍ଜି, ନିଜସ୍ଵ ମଜୁରି ଆଦିକୁ ବୁଝାଇଥାଏ । ଏହା ନିଜସ୍ଵ ସମ୍ବଳର ପ୍ରୟୋଗଜନିତ ହୋଇଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଏହାର ହିସାବ ବା ମୂଲ୍ୟାୟନ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇ ନଥାଏ । ମୋଟ ଆୟରୁ ଉଭୟ ପ୍ରାକାଶ୍ୟ ଓ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଅନ୍ତର କରାଯାଇ ନିଟ୍ ଲାଭ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରାଯାଏ । ଏହା ଏକ ବ୍ୟାପକ ଧାରଣା ।

3. ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ଅର୍ଥନୀତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ :
Answer:
କରନ୍ତି, ତାହାକୁ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ ପାଇଁ ଦର, ଶ୍ରମିକମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ମଜୁରି, ବିଜୁଳି ଶକ୍ତି ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ନିମନ୍ତେ ବ୍ୟୟ ବରାଦ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଏହି ସମସ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଏହା କେବଳ ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ବୁଝାଏ । ଏହା ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଏକ ସଂକୀର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଧାରଣା । ମୋଟ ଲାଭ ହିସାବ କରିବାପାଇଁ ମୋଟ ଆୟରୁ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ଅନ୍ତର କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।

ଆରୋପିତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ନିଆଯାଇଥାଏ । ଏହା ଉଭୟ ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ ଓ ଲୁକ୍କାୟିତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ହିସାବକୁ ନିଆଯାଇଥାଏ । ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହେଉଛି ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଏକ ବିସ୍ତୃତ ଧାରଣା । ନିଟ୍ ଲାଭ ଆକଳନ ପାଇଁ ମୋଟ ଆୟରୁ ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଅନ୍ତର କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।

4. ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ :
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ପ୍ରତି ଏକକ ପାଇଁ କରାଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ମୋଟ ଉତ୍ପାଦଦ୍ୱାରା ବିଭାଜିତ କରି ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ । ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରିବାପାଇଁ ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ଯୋଗ କରାଯାଏ । ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ପ୍ରାରମ୍ଭିକ ସ୍ତରରେ ହ୍ରାସ ପାଇ ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟରେ ବୃଦ୍ଧିପ୍ରାପ୍ତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଯେତେବେଳେ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ସର୍ବନିମ୍ନ, ସେତେବେଳେ ଏହା ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ସହ ସମାନ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ଏକକର ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପାଇଁ ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଯେଉଁ ପରିମାଣରେ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପୂର୍ବତନ ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ହେଉଛି ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ (MC = TCn – TCn-1) ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟଠାରୁ କମ୍ ଥ‌ିବାବେଳେ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହ୍ରାସ ପାଏ ଏବଂ ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟଠାରୁ ଅଧିକ ଥିବାବେଳେ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଏ । ପ୍ରାନ୍ତୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ପ୍ରାରମ୍ଭିକ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ହ୍ରାସ ପାଏ ଓ ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟରେ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଏ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Chapter 7 Short Answer Questions in Odia Medium

5. ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ :
Answer:
ପ୍ରତି ଏକକ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟୟ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ପରିମାଣକୁ ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ବୃଦ୍ଧି ସହ ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ୍ରମାଗତଭାବେ ହ୍ରାସ ପାଇଥାଏ । ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ମୋଟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନଦ୍ଵାରା ବିଭାଜିତ କରାଯାଇ ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରାଯାଏ । ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ବାମରୁ ଡାହାଣକୁ ନିମ୍ନଗାମୀ ହୋଇଥାଏ; ମାତ୍ର ଏହା ଆନୁଭୂମିକ ଅକ୍ଷକୁ (horizontal axis) ସ୍ପର୍ଶ କରେ ନାହିଁ ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଏହା ଶୂନ୍ୟ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।

ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ପ୍ରତି ଏକକ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟୟ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ପ୍ରାଥମିକ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ବୃଦ୍ଧି ସହ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହ୍ରାସ ପାଏ ଓ ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦର ବୃଦ୍ଧି ସହ ଏହାର ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟିଥାଏ । ମୋଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ମୋଟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନଦ୍ବାରା ବିଭାଜିତ କରାଯାଇ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରାଯାଏ । ଏହାକୁ ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

6. ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ଓ ସାମାଜିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ :
Answer:
ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଯେଉଁ ବ୍ୟୟଭାର ବହନ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି, ତାହାକୁ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ । ଦର ଓ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ସଂକ୍ରାନ୍ତୀୟ ନିଷ୍ପଭି ନେଲାବେଳେ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ ଏହି ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ବିଚାର କରିଥାଏ । ଚୌଦ୍ଵାରସ୍ଥିତ ଚାର୍ଜକ୍ରୋମ୍ କାରଖାନାର ବ୍ୟୟିତ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କେବଳ ତା’ର ମାଲିକ ବହନ କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଏକ ଉଦାହରଣ ଅଟେ । ଅନ୍ୟପକ୍ଷରେ, ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନବେଳେ ସମାଜ ଯେଉଁ ବ୍ୟୟଭାର ବହନ କରିଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ସାମାଜିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

କୌଣସି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ହେଲାବେଳେ ଏପରିକି କାରଖାନା ସହ ସଂପୃକ୍ତ ନ ଥ‌ିବା ସମାଜର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିବିଶେଷ ନାନା ଅସୁବିଧାର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହୋଇଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଗୋଟିଏ ସାର କାରଖାନାରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ସମୟରେ ସେଥୁରୁ ନିର୍ଗତ ଦୂଷିତ ଜଳ, ଧୂଆଁ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ପରିବେଶକୁ ଦୂଷିତ କରିବାଦ୍ଵାରା ସମାଜର ଅନେକ କ୍ଷତି ହୋଇଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଏହାକୁ ସାମାଜିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁକ୍ତ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।

7. ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପକାଳ ଓ ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳ :
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ଯେଉଁ ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ ନିଆଯାଏ, ସେଥୁରେ ସମୟର ଗୁରୁତ୍ବ ରହିଛି । ଯେଉଁ ସମୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ କେବଳ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ଉପାଦାନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରି ଉତ୍ପାଦିତ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ପରିମାଣରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରିବାକୁ ସକ୍ଷମ ହୋଇଥା’ନ୍ତି, ସେହି ସମୟର ଅବଧୂ ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପକାଳ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

ଅନ୍ୟପକ୍ଷରେ ଯେଉଁ ସମୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ ତା’ର ସମସ୍ତ ଉପାଦାନଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଉତ୍ପାଦିତ ପରିମାଣ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରିବାକୁ ସମର୍ଥ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ସେହି ସମୟର ଅବଧୂ ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳରେ ସ୍ଥିର ଉପାଦାନ ଏବଂ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ଉପାଦାନ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କୌଣସି ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ନଥାଏ । ଏଠାରେ ସମସ୍ତ ଉପାଦାନ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ । ତେଣୁ ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳରେ ସମସ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ।

8. ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ :
Answer:
ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ସକାଶେ ମୋଟ ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚକୁ ମୁଦ୍ରାଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହେଉଛି ପ୍ରକୃତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ । ଶ୍ରମିକମାନଙ୍କର ମଜୁରି, କର୍ମଚାରୀମାନଙ୍କ ବେତନ, ଶକ୍ତି, କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ, ସୁଧ, ବୀମାଦେୟ, ପରିବହନ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ମୁଦ୍ରାଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଉଦାହରଣ । ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ସବୁ ଉପାଦାନର କ୍ରୟ ବିକ୍ରୟରେ ନିୟୋଜିତ ଅର୍ଥର ସମଷ୍ଟିକୁ ମୁଦ୍ରାଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ମୁଦ୍ରାଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଦେୟ ମୁଦ୍ରା ଆକାରରେ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ମୁଦ୍ରାଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଗଣନା କରିବା ସହଜ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ସାଧନର ମାଲିକମାନେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀଙ୍କୁ ଉପାଦାନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଯୋଗାଇଲାବେଳେ ଯେଉଁ କଷ୍ଟ, ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା, ତ୍ୟାଗ ସ୍ବୀକାର କରିଥାଆନ୍ତି ତାହାକୁ ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଏକ ଅନୁଭବସିଦ୍ଧ ବିଷୟ । ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ଗଣନା କରିବା ସହଜସାଧ୍ୟ ହୋଇନଥାଏ । ଉପାଦାନମାନଙ୍କରେ ମାଲିକମାନଙ୍କର ପ୍ରଚେଷ୍ଟା, ତ୍ୟାଗ, ଅସୃଷ୍ଠି ଓ ହରାଇଥିବା ଉପଯୋଗିତାକୁ ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବୋଲି ଅଭିହିତ କରାଯାଏ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Chapter 7 Objective Questions in Odia Medium

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Solutions Chapter 7  ପରିବ୍ୟୟ Objective Questions.

CHSE Odisha 12th Class Economics Chapter 7 Objective Questions in Odia Medium

ବସ୍ତୁନିଷ୍ଠ ଓ ଅତିସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର
A ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନରେ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ବିକଳ୍ପଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ସଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତରଟି ବାଛି ଲେଖ ।

1. ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ନିୟୋଜିତ ସମସ୍ତ ସାଧନମାନଙ୍କ ପାଉଣାକୁ ଯାହା କୁହାଯାଏ :
(A) ସାଧନ ମୂଲ୍ୟ
(B) ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ମୂଲ୍ୟ
(C) ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ଦାମ୍
(D) ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
Answer:
(D) ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

2. କେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
(A) ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(B) ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(C) ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(D) ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
Answer:
(B) ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

3. ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ ?
(A) ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(B) ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(C) ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(D) ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
Answer:
(A) ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

4. ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଅନ୍ୟ ନାମ ହେଉଛି :
(A) ସୁଯୋଗ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(B) ଆରୋପିତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(C) ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(D) ହିସାବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
Answer:
(B) ଆରୋପିତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Chapter 7 Objective Questions in Odia Medium

5. ସାଧନମାନଙ୍କର ତ୍ୟାଗ ଓ ଅସୁବିଧାକୁ କେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
(A) ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(B) ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(C) ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(D) ଆରୋପିତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
Answer:
(A) ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

6. ପରିତ୍ୟକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥ‌ିବା ସର୍ବୋତ୍ତମ ବିକଳ୍ପ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ହେଉଛି :
(A) ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(B) ସୁଯୋଗ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(C) ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(D) ଆରୋପିତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
Answer:
(B) ସୁଯୋଗ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

7. ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ କେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
(A) ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(B) ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(C) ଉପରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(D) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ କୌଣସିଟି ନୁହେଁ
Answer:
(A) ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

8. ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ସହିତ କେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଘଟେ ନାହିଁ ?
(A) ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(B) ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(C) ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(D) ସୁଯୋଗ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
Answer:
(B) ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

9. ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ସହିତ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ କେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
(A) ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(B) ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(C) ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(D) ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
Answer:
(B) ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

10. ପ୍ରଧାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଅନ୍ୟ ନାମ ?
(A) ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(B) ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(C) ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(D) ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
Answer:
(C) ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

11. ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା :
(A) ଆନୁଭୂମିକ ହୋଇଥାଏ
(B) ଊର୍ଦ୍ଧ୍ୱଗାମୀ ହୋଇଥାଏ
(C) ନିମ୍ନଗାମୀ ହୋଇଥାଏ
(D) ଉଲ୍‌ମ୍ ହୋଇଥାଏ
Answer:
(A) ଆନୁଭୂମିକ ହୋଇଥାଏ

12. ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ମୋଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସମଷ୍ଟି ହେଉଛି :
(A) ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(B) ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(C) ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(D) ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
Answer:
(A) ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

13. ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ବୃଦ୍ଧି ସହିତ ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ :
(A) ହ୍ରାସ ହୁଏ
(B) ବୃଦ୍ଧି ହୁଏ
(C) ଅପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ରହେ
(D) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ କୌଣସିଟି ନୁହେଁ
Answer:
(A) ହ୍ରାସ ହୁଏ

14. ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା :
(A) ‘L’ ଆକୃତି ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ
(B) ‘U’ ଆକୃତି ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ
(C) ‘V’ ଆକୃତି ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ
(D) ‘C’ ଆକୃତି ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ
Answer:
(B) ‘U’ ଆକୃତି ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ

15. ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସମଷ୍ଟି ହେଉଛି :
(A) ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(B) ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(C) ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(D) ଉପରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
Answer:
(B) ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

16. ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟରେ ଯେଉଁ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟାଏ, ତାହାକୁ କେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
(A) ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(B) ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(C) ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(D) ଉପରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
Answer:
(C) ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

17. ଯେତେବେଳେ ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟଠାରୁ ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପତର, ସେତେବେଳେ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ :
(A) ହ୍ରାସ ପାଏ
(B) ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଏ
(C) ସ୍ଥିର ରହେ
(D) ଦ୍ରୁତଗତିରେ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଏ
Answer:
(A) ହ୍ରାସ ପାଏ

18. ଯେତେବେଳେ ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ସହ ସମାନ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ସେତେବେଳେ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ :
(A) ସର୍ବାଧ‌ିକ ହୁଏ
(B) ସର୍ବନିମ୍ନ ହୁଏ
(C) ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଏ
(D) ହ୍ରାସ ପାଏ
Answer:
(B) ସର୍ବନିମ୍ନ ହୁଏ

19. ଯେତେବେଳେ ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟଠାରୁ ଅଧ୍ଵ, ସେତେବେଳେ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ :
(A) ହ୍ରାସ ପାଏ
(B) ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଏ
(C) ସ୍ଥିର ରହେ
(D) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ କୌଣସିଟି ନୁହେଁ
Answer:
(B) ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଏ

20. ଉତ୍ପାଦନ କ’ଣ ହେଲାବେଳେ ପରିବର୍ତୀ ସାଧନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ସ୍ଥିତି ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ?
(A) ଧନାତ୍ମକ
(B) ଶୂନ୍ଯ
(C) ଋଣାତ୍ମକ
(D) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସମସ୍ତ
Answer:
(B) ଶୂନ୍ଯ

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Chapter 7 Objective Questions in Odia Medium

21. ଅର୍ଥନୀତିରେ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ?
(A) ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(B) ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(C) ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ
(D) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସମସ୍ତ
Answer:
(B) ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

22. ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି କାହା ସହ ସମ୍ପୃକ୍ତ ?
(A) ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ସହିତ ସମ୍ପୃକ୍ତ
(B) ପ୍ରାନ୍ତୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ସହ ସମ୍ପୃକ୍ତ
(C) ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ସହ ସମ୍ପୃକ୍ତ
(D) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସମସ୍ତ
Answer:
(A) ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ସହିତ ସମ୍ପୃକ୍ତ

B. ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।

1. ଏକ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ କୌଶଳରେ ଉପାଦାନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉତ୍ପାଦରେ ପରିଣତ ହେବାର ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ _____________ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ

2. ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ପରିମାଣର ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ ଯେଉଁ ସମସ୍ତ ବ୍ୟୟ କରିଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ _____________ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

3. ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ଉପାଦାନ ନିୟୋଜନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ଯେଉଁ ସମସ୍ତ ଅର୍ଥ ବ୍ୟୟ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି, ତାହାକୁ ______________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ହିସାବଗତ

4. ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ____________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବୋଲି ଅଭିହିତ କରାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ

5. କେତେକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଅଛି, ଯେଉଁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପ୍ରକୃତରେ ବ୍ୟୟିତ ହୋଇ ନଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ ହେବା ଉଚିତ, ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ____________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ

6. ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ଯୟକୁ ___________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଆରୋପିତ

7. ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ସମସ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିପ୍ରକାଶକୁ ____________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ମୌଦ୍ରିକ

8. ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ନିୟୋଜିତ ସମସ୍ତ ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ଉପାଦାନ ବା ସେମାନଙ୍କର ମାଲିକମାନଙ୍କର ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାରର ଅସୁବିଧା ଓ ତ୍ୟାଗର ସମଷ୍ଟିକୁ _____________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ବାସ୍ତବ

9. ସମ ପରିମାଣ ଅର୍ଥବ୍ୟୟରେ ଅନୁରୂପ ସମ୍ବଳ ବିନିଯୋଗ କରି ଯେଉଁ ସର୍ବୋତ୍ତମ ବିକଳ୍ପ ଉତ୍ପାଦିତ ହୋଇପାରେ,_____________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।
Answer:
ବିକଳ୍ପ

10. ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଯେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଘଟିନଥାଏ, ତାହା ____________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।
Answer:
ସ୍ଥିର

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Chapter 7 Objective Questions in Odia Medium

11. ଉତ୍ପାଦର ପରିମାଣ ସହିତ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟର କୌଣସି ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନ ଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଏହା _____________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବା ____________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ନାମରେ ଅଭିହିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
Answer:
ଅତିରିକ୍ତ, ପରୋକ୍ଷ

12. ଉତ୍ପାଦର ସମସ୍ତ ଏକକ ପାଇଁ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଯେହେତୁ ସମାନ, ଏହାକୁ ___________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଉପରି

13. ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ଉପାଦାନମାନଙ୍କ ନିମନ୍ତେ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପକାଳରେ ଯେଉଁ ବ୍ୟୟ ବରାଦ କରିଥାଏ, ତାହା _____________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।
Answer:
ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ

14. ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନରେ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସ୍ଥାନ ଅଧିକାର କରୁଥିବାରୁ ତାହାକୁ_____________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ପ୍ରଧାନ

15. ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ____________ ହେବ ।
Answer:
ଆନୁଭୂମିକ

16. ଉତ୍ପାଦ ପରିମାଣ ଯଦି ଶୂନ୍ୟ ହୁଏ, ମୋଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟ _____________ ହେବ ।
Answer:
ଶୂନ୍ୟ

17. ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ମୋଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସମଷ୍ଟି ହେଉଛି _______________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ।
Answer:
ମୋଟ

18. ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ଉତ୍ପାଦର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଏକକରେ ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ମୋଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥ‌ିବା ______________ ଦୂରତ୍ବର ସମଷ୍ଟି ।
Answer:
ଉଲ୍ଲମ୍ବ

19. ଉତ୍ପାଦର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଏକକ ପାଇଁ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ _____________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ହାରାହାରି, ସ୍ଥିର

20. ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ = \(\frac{ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ}{-}\)
Answer:
ମୋଟ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ପରିମାଣ

21. ଉତ୍ପାଦର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଏକକ ପାଇଁ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ହାରାହାରି _______________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ

22. ଉତ୍ପାଦର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଏକକ ପାଇଁ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ______________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ହାରାହାରି

23. ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ = \(\frac{-}{ମୋଟ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ପରିମାଣ}\)
Answer:
ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ

24. ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ = ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ + _____________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।
Answer:
ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ

25. ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଏକ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ଏକକ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ହେବାଦ୍ଵାରା ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟରେ ଯେଉଁ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟେ ତାହାକୁ ______________ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ସୀମାନ୍ତ

C. ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ ଉକ୍ତିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଭୁଲ୍ କି ଠିକ୍ ଲେଖ । ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଅଂଶର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ନ କରି ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ସ୍ଥଳେ ସଂଶୋଧନ କର ।

1. ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଅନ୍ୟନାମ ହେଉଛି ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଅନ୍ୟନାମ ହେଉଛି ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।

2. ଶ୍ରମିକକୁ ଦିଆଯାଉଥବା ମଜୁରି ହେଉଛି ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ଶ୍ରମିକକୁ ଦିଆଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ମଜୁରି ହେଉଛି ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।

3. ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଅନ୍ୟନାମ ହେଉଛି ପ୍ରଧାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଅନ୍ୟନାମ ହେଉଛି ପ୍ରଧାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।

4. ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Chapter 7 Objective Questions in Odia Medium

5. ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ଊର୍ଦ୍ଧ୍ୱଗାମୀ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ଆନୁଭୂମିକ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

6. ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ସହିତ ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଏ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ସହିତ ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ସ୍ଥିର ରହିଥାଏ ।

7. ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖାର ଯେକୌଣସି ବିନ୍ଦୁରେ ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ଛେଦ କରେ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖାର ସର୍ବନିମ୍ନ ବିନ୍ଦୁରେ ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ଛେଦ କରେ ।

8. ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସମଷ୍ଟିକୁ ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସମଷ୍ଟିକୁ ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

9. ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ସର୍ବଦା ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ସହିତ ହ୍ରାସ ପାଇଥାଏ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ସର୍ବଦା ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ସହିତ ହ୍ରାସ ପାଇଥାଏ ।

10. ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ପାରମ୍ଭରୁ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଉର୍ଦ୍ଧ୍ୱଗାମୀ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ପ୍ରାରମ୍ଭରୁ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ନିମ୍ନଗାମୀ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

11. ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ !
ଠିକ୍ – ପ୍ରାକାଶ୍ୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

12. ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଶୂନ୍ୟ ହୋଇପାରେ, ମାତ୍ର ଋଣାତ୍ମକ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଶୂନ୍ୟ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ କି ରଣାତ୍ମକ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।

13. ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପକାଳରେ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ନିଗୂଢ଼ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ରହିଥାଏ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ସ୍ବଳ୍ପକାଳରେ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପରିବର୍ଭନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ନିଗୂଢ଼ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ରହିଥାଏ ।

14. ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

15. ପ୍ରାନ୍ତୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟଠାରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ଥ‌ିବାବେଳେ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହ୍ରାସ ପାଏ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ପ୍ରାନ୍ତୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟଠାରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ଥିବାବେଳେ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧିପାଏ ।

16. ଦୀର୍ଘକାଳରେ ସମସ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ହିଁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ।
Answer:
ଠିକ୍

17. ପ୍ରାନ୍ତୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଋଣାତ୍ମକ ହୋଇ ନପାରେ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଋଣାତ୍ମକ ହୋଇ ନ ପାରେ ।

18. ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ନିହିତ କଷ୍ଟ ଓ ତ୍ୟାଗକୁ ସୁଯୋଗ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଭୁଲ୍ ।
ଠିକ୍ – ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ନିହିତ କଷ୍ଟ ଓ ତ୍ୟାଗକୁ ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

19. ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖାର ଆକୃତି ‘U’ ଆକାରର ।
Answer:
ଠିକ୍ ।

20. ସୁଯୋଗ ପରିବ୍ୟୟକୁ ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଠିକ୍ ।

D. ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।

1. ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ପରିମାଣର ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ ଯେଉଁ ସମସ୍ତ ବ୍ୟୟ କରିଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Chapter 7 Objective Questions in Odia Medium

2. ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ଉପାଦାନ ନିୟୋଜନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀ ଯେଉଁ ସମସ୍ତ ଅର୍ଥ ବ୍ୟୟ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି, ତାହାକୁ ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

3. ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ସମଷ୍ଟିକୁ ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

4. ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପ୍ରକୃତରେ ବ୍ୟୟିତ ହୋଇ ନଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ ହେବା ଉଚିତ, ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ବା ଲୁକ୍କାୟିତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

5. ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଗୋଟିଏ ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ।
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନକାରୀଙ୍କ ନିଜସ୍ବ ଭୂମି ପାଇଁ ଅଧୂଶେଷ ହେଉଛି ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଏକ ଉଦାହରଣ ।

6. ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଅନ୍ୟନାମ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ହିସାବଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଅନ୍ୟନାମ ହେଉଛି ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ (Explicit cost)।

7. ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ନିୟୋଜିତ ସମସ୍ତ ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ଉପାଦାନ ବା ସେମାନଙ୍କର ମାଲିକମାନଙ୍କର ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାରର ଅସୁବିଧା ଓ ତ୍ୟାଗର ସମଷ୍ଟିକୁ ବାସ୍ତବ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

8. ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ (ସୁଯୋଗ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ) କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କୌଣସି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ବିକଳ୍ପ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ପରିତ୍ୟକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିବା ସର୍ବୋତ୍ତମ ବିକଳ୍ପ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।

9. କେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଅନ୍ୟ ନାମ ଉପରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ?
Answer:
ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଅନ୍ୟ ନାମ ଉପରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।

10. ପ୍ରଧାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ପରିବର୍ଭନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନରେ ଗୁରୁତ୍ୱପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସ୍ଥାନ ଅଧିକାର କରୁଥିବାରୁ ତାହାକୁ ପ୍ରଧାନ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

11. ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖାର ଆକାର କିପରି ?
Answer:
ମୋଟ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖାର ଆକାର ଆନୁଭୂମିକ ହେବ ।

12. ମୋଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖାର ଆକାର କିପରି ?
Answer:
ମୋଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ପ୍ରଥମେ ନିମ୍ନକୁ ଓ ତତ୍ପରେ ଊର୍ଦ୍ଧ୍ବକୁ ଅବତଳ ହେବ ।

13. ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ଏକ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ଏକକ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ହେବାଦ୍ଵାରା ମୋଟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟରେ ଯେଉଁ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟେ, ତାହାକୁ ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

14. ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖାର କେଉଁ ବିନ୍ଦୁରେ ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ଛେଦ କରେ ?
Answer:
ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖାର ସର୍ବନିମ୍ନ ବିନ୍ଦୁରେ ସୀମାନ୍ତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ରେଖା ଛେଦ କରେ ।

15. ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ସ୍ଥିର ଉପାଦାନ; ଯଥା- ଭୂମି, ମେସିନ୍, ଯନ୍ତ୍ରପାତି ଇତ୍ୟାଦିର ବ୍ୟବହାର ନିମନ୍ତେ ଯେଉଁ ବ୍ୟୟ ବହନ କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

16. ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ଉପାଦାନ; ଯଥା- ମଜୁରି, କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ, ଶକ୍ତି ଇତ୍ୟାଦିର ବ୍ୟବହାର ନିମନ୍ତେ ବହନ କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

17. ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ସହ ସ୍ଥିର ଉପାଦାନର କି ପ୍ରକାର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପାଦନର ବୃଦ୍ଧି ସହ ସ୍ଥିର ଉପାଦାନର ପରିମାଣ ସ୍ଥିର ରହିଥାଏ ।

18. ବିଜ୍ଞାପନ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କି ପ୍ରକାର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ?
Answer:
ବିଜ୍ଞାପନ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ହେଉଛି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Economics Chapter 7 Objective Questions in Odia Medium

19. ନିରାପତ୍ତାରକ୍ଷୀଙ୍କ ମଜୁରି କି ପ୍ରକାର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ?
Answer:
ନିରାପତ୍ତାରକ୍ଷୀଙ୍କ ମଜୁରି ହେଉଛି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ।

20. ମୁଦ୍ରାଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ମୌଦ୍ରିକ ବା ମୁଦ୍ରାଗତ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

21. ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଉପାଂଶଗୁଡ଼ିକ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ହାରାହାରି ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଓ ହାରାହାରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନୀୟ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ, ହାରାହାରି ପରିବ୍ୟୟର ଦୁଇଟି ଉପାଂଶ ।

22. କେଉଁ ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦର ପରିମାଣ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ସହ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ?
Answer:
ସ୍ଥିର ପରିବ୍ୟୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦର ପରିମାଣ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ସହ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 2 Indian Social Structure Long Answer Questions Part-1

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Solutions Unit 2 Indian Social Structure Long Answer Questions Part-1.

CHSE Odisha 12th Class Sociology Unit 2 Indian Social Structure Long Answer Questions Part-1

Long Questions With Answers

Question 1.
What are the factors responsible for the different changes in the village community?
Answer:
Change is universal.
Every society and culture no matter how traditional and conservative is constantly undergoing changes and transformations are part of over lives Indian village community is not an exception to this. The village community is less dynamic than the undergoing change, no doubt but this does mean that the cultivators have absolutely no mobility. The village communities to are changeable even though the rate of change within them is very slow.

The characteristics of village community which have been eliminated above can be found to exist in those villages which have remained unaffected by the influence of the town. Otherwise, these elements are vanishing from the village community. Some important aspects of the village community in which changes are taking place are discussed below.

Change in caste system :
Changes in the elements of caste have brought changes in the different aspects of the village community. They are the following.

Caste is no more closed in today’s society. During British rule, the caste in the village community has lost its eight. The linkage between caste and occupation is no longer because the people are adopting new vocations in large numbers. This has happened because traditional occupations are unable to provide jobs to all its members in the context of the technological advances in agriculture. So many Brahmins and Kshatriyas have started farming.

The members of the untouchable castes have become agriculture labourers so in these days members of different. Caste, high and low, taking to factory work and other manual jobs. Regarding the status of an individual now it is determined no through his birth in a family but by his personality, financial conditions and activities as well. The Caste Panchayats have lost their power.

It has completely died away although some castes have formed their organisation for the protection of their interests. Although the caste system appears to be growing weak on the one hand. It seems to go in strength upon the other casteism is increasing due to political and other interests. Government as well as non-government authorities think it desirable to employ only the members of their own caste in elections who would try to gain advantages for their own caste.

Marriage:
The institution of marriage in the village community has completely changed. Marriage is no more endogamous Marriage is now contracted between members of neighbouring villages and groups. Marriage which was treated as a religious sacrament now it is found that a sacred base of marriage is gradually det deteriorating. Because the customs of marriage are undergoing changes. The area of selection of mates is increasing. Although the parents decide on the marriage.

It is considered quite proper to take the consent of the boy and girl. In today’s society, there is heavy demand for dowry which is increasing day by day among Hindus. So is that of Mehar in Muslims. Apart from it, the education and qualities of girls are still an important factors in marriage. The growth of divorce is very high in the village community. There is also a decline of child marriage and acceptance of widow remarriage in modem village communities.

Joint family:
The joint family which was previously treated as the unit of the village community has been replaced by the nuclear family. So the size of the family is being smaller and smaller and there is the growth of individualization, and materialisation showing the sign of disintegration. The role of elders in family decision-making has been weakened. Each and every member wants to become stronger by which the family ties are discarded.

The enlightenment of women has made them conscious of their position in the family. Their lives are no more confined to the four walls of the house and they have taken many activities inside the family, which is sometimes responsible for the breakdown of the family in the village community.

Jajmani system:
The jamjar system in the traditional village community was closely connected with the caste system. Due to changes in different aspects of caste the growth of the Jajmani system has been affected. As a result of different efforts made by the government, the lower castes have now gained a certain degree of self-respect and their Jajmani relations with other castes are in the progress of being broken.

The occupations are no longer based on caste and the caste panchayats have lost their power which leads to the elimination of the Jajmani system. The circulation of money in place of services in the village has a degenerating effect on the Jajmani system.

Food and Dress:
Many changes have been noticed in the mode of living of the village community, particularly in the dress and food habits, many changes have been taken place. There is a quick change in the dress of the village. They use modem-fascinated dresses by imitating the urban civilisation. It has given emphasis to the will-made cloth which has replaced the handspun cloth.

They have a liking towards western dresses. The village women are now consuming more clothes of artificial silk, artificial jewellery and cheap cosmetics. So there is an unexpected change not in food habits but in dresses also.

Recreation:
A great change has been noticed in the village communities. In traditional society, the family was treated as main centre of recreation. But today the young men of the village have developed a liking for cinema, newspapers, clubs, hotels, and parks. So the means of recreation are gradually getting into life patterns of village communities. The organized facilities like radio, television, and video have attracted the villagers in the village community on the place of old music sing theatre and drama.

Economic life:
There are rapid changes in the economic life of the village community. The development of industries, factories, factories and mills are the main cause of change in the economic condition of villagers. The use of modem machinery in agriculture has increased the agricultural products Establishment of a cooperative society and facilities of loans to them have brought changes and have brought changes and have improved the condition of financial capital.

The standard of living is rising creating a demand for new things. There is a quick change in the food, dress and housing etc. The education of young -men are preferring to towns in search of jobs instead of agriculture. The cottage industries have been encouraged by government aid.

Political changes:
Political change has deeply influenced the village communities in today’s society. The political consciousness of the people has increased because of the introduction of panchayats in the village communities. The knowledge of politics has emerged among the villages due to the availability of newspapers along with radio and television.

So the number of participants of the people with politics is increasing. The village community has been divided into many groups on the basis of political parties as a result of which individualism and community feelings have increased along with cooperation. So modem Indian village communities are not free from politics.

Health:
The modem age is the age of science and technology. Due to the development of science and technology, changes in health in the village communities are easily visible. There is progress of sanitation and an increase in the number of doctors in the village community. The number of PHCs and dispensaries have been increased.

The health condition of women including children is improving by the proper arrangement made by the Government. Control of Government over Malaria, T.B. Small Pox has been successful. But the excessive use of tea, opium and tobacco etc. has undermined the health of the villages.

Social Control:
A great difference is evident in the social control of the traditional villages and modem villages. The village community have much control over its members. But this has decreased to a great extent The means of control like customs traditions, folkways and modes have become weak due to the spread of education and the decrease in superstition. The primary groups like family neighbourhoods have lost their hold over their members.

The control is now in fact normal and is exercised through most police and law. anti-social activities like crime juvenile delinquency, prostitution and suicide have become common. From the above discussion, it is clear that the village community is not free from changes. It is also not correct to say that it is static. It is changing and it will keep on changing in future. So the change in the village community is quite inevitable and easily justified.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 2 Indian Social Structure Long Answer Questions Part-1

Question 2.
Discuss the important classification of the village community.
Answer:
With differential climatic and historical conditions different types of village communities have emerged in different periods of human history. They are different from each other in their social systems, folk- culture, traditions etc. For example, a wide variance is marked between a Saxon village the German murk Russian mi Indian Gram, a Village of feudal Europe, a U.S.A. village western – Eur or village etc. Different social thinkers and sociologists have classified village communities into different types on the basis of several factors. The major types may be discussed as follows.

On the basis of Residence:
On the basis of residence, H. J. Peake has classified village communities into three types such as:

Migratory village:
The people of this type of village live for months or for a season in a particular locality and arrange their food from wild fruits animal meats etc. When the food supply at a place exhausts they shift to another place where they can find an adequate amount of food.

Semi-permanent village:
In semi-permanent agricultural villages, people reside for a few years at a particular place and migrate to another place due to the exhaustion of the productivity of the land. The duration of residence is larger in comparison to the migratory type of villages. In this type of village, people keep domestic animals like cows and goats but do not cultivate the land for agriculture.

They generally bum down the small trees and bushes etc and sow seed over the earth which gives them some coups after rainfall. And when people find that, the land is not yielding the required amount of food grains, they leave the place for another new settlement.

Permanent Agricultural villages:
In such a type of village, people live permanently for generations. They develop their farm practices village organisation and social relations within their own village as well as with their neighbouring villages. Usually, they do not change their place of living and place of cultivation. In such types of villages, permanent households are created the number of households may vary from a little number to hundreds or thousands.

On the basis of settlements:
On the basis of settlement, the citizen classified the village community into two heads such as nucleated and Dispersed villages.

Nucleated village:
In the nucleated villages, the residents dwell in one cluster and it has a dense population. The different families live in physical proximity to each other and land a common life. Their forms are spread around the village dwelling. Their farmland may be scattered in many plots or may be consolidated in blocks.

Scattered village:
In this type of village, families are scattered over a relatively large piece of land. The villagers live separately in their respective farms which is away from one another. Since their homes are dispersed they have a lesser degree of contact with each other. Their social life assumes a different form. However, some sort of relationship binds all the families together. Generally, they participate in common festivals and observe common functions.

On the basis of organisation:
On this basis villages may be classified as follows:

Co-operative villages:
In this type of village, the land is owned individually and people pull their resources together for common cultivation and farming. Generally, cooperative villages in India and Saxon villages in Germany fall in this group.

Semi-collective villages :
In such villages, the land belongs to the collective body. All means of production and resources are owned collectively. The people work together for the production of food grains and other essential goods. For consumption they get their monthly or annual dues fixed according to the income of the village. The income of the villager is not associated with the hours of labour but in by him. The families receive their quota according to the numerical strength of the family.

Collective villages:
In this type, villages live in a communal settlement where all property is collectively owned and all the arrangements are done on a collective basis. Members of the village only render their labour to the common pool and get all the necessities of life like food, clothing, housing education etc. There is a common dining hall, common store and communal kindergarten in the village. The old and disabled persons are also maintained from the common fund. As a whole such type of village gives full security for the whole life of a person, his children and dependents.

On the basis of land ownership:
On this basis, villages may be classified into two categories such as:

Landlord village:
In such villages, the land is owned by individuals, families or a few families known as landlords. The landlords possess the rights over the land but give the land to the tenants. The landlords also impose rent on the land which tenants usually pay. The landlords give a certain percentage or rent to the Government and keep a good percentage for themselves. Such types of villages existed in India before the abolition of intermediaries in agricultural sectors.

Ryotwary villages:
In rotary villages, farmers are the owners of the land and they cultivation it. They directly pay the rent to the Government without any intermediary. Such villages are known as ryotwari villages where land is owned by ryot or cultivators.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 2 Indian Social Structure Long Answer Questions Part-1

Question 3.
Discuss the main characteristics of the urban community.
Answer:
A close examination of dominant features of urban life shows that there are significantly different between those who live in cities and those in rural areas. Urbanism as way of life, following is characterised by an extensive conflict of norms and values by rapid social change by increased social differentiation, greater social mobility, by a higher level of education and income.

By emphasis on material possessions and individualism. Urban values discussed by birth and other sociologists on western countries are not yet completely pre-dominant in India. In can be said that they are beginning to take root in Indian cities. Thus in the Indian context, the following description may not be wholly relevant.

Formal and impersonal Human relationship:
The large size and heterogeneous composition of urban areas prevent intimacy and purpose, for example, buyers and sellers in a store, and doctors and patients in a clinic. They are not usually concerned with all aspects of a person’s life. Apart from their family members and friends, urban people do not normally interact with others. This feature among the urban dwellers results in formal, impersonal superficial and secondary contacts.

Materialism:
In urban communities, external appearances and material possessions are of primary importance. Urban dwellers have often known for their status symbols such as the number of their financial assets or salaries the costliness of their homes and its furnishing T. V. or Video etc.

Individualism:
Urban dwellers give primary emphasis on their own interests and personal happiness. Urbanities do not show any concern for others and they do not think about the interests of others.

Mobility:
One of the distinctive features of urban life is greater mobility. People move again and again from one job to other from one locality to other. Residential mobility tends to weaken ties to the local community.

Formal Social Control:
Social control in Urban communities is more formal. Control in the urban community depends to large extent on large – scale super-local institutions. Responsibility for controlling behaviours in cities is largely shifting to police the court and other agencies of government to enforce the norms.

Norms and Social Role Conflict:
The diversity of social life is the most important characteristic or urbanism. It springs from the size, density and heterogeneity of the extreme specialisation of various occupations and the class structure existing in the larger communities the latter factors in farms generally result in divergent group norms and values and complicating social rules.

In urban communities, the ends sought by different groups are so differentiated and divergent that individuals often do not know in many areas of life exactly what are the norms are standards of behaviour and suitable social roles. The clash of norms and social rules creates a situation where no single standard is wide to be upheld and where deviation from it is not penalised.

Rationality:
With the impersonal nature of urban relationships, urban orientations tend to be utilitarian. That is people then enter into relationships after calculating potential gains from these associations. Here relationships are generally of the contractual kind where profit and loss are carefully evaluated. Once the contract is over the relationship between the people tends to end. Of course, there exists a wide range of variety in an individual relationship and all relationship is pointed out.

Secularism:
Heterogeneity of physical such as racial, social and cultural elements in urban life results in routine exposure to divergent styles and values. People become accustomed to seeing others very differently from themselves. As a result, they become more tolerant to differences. This rational and tolerant attitude produces a secular orientation in life. It is assumed that secular as opposed to religious orientation have been associated with urban social structure.

The decline in the functions of family:
Many of the educational recreational and other functions, performed within a rural joint family context are taken over by the institutions such as schools, clubs and other voluntary organisations in the urban social context, In urban society, there is generally a clear demarcation between the home and place of work which is not always found in rural society. Because of greater geographical mobility, regular contact between kins is often difficult if not impossible on these families.

Rapid social and cultural change:
Rapid social and cultural change also characterises urban life. Urban life itself also tends to facilitate changes in norms and ideologies as well as systems of behaviour which may greatly change the social structure and relations of the people to one another. The above description of the characteristics of the urban way of life should, however, be regarded as an ideal type. Cities vary in the extent or the degree to which they are characterised by urban qualities.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 2 Indian Social Structure Long Answer Questions Part-1

Question 4.
Discuss the important characteristics of the village community.
Answer:
The village community has certain basic and specific characteristics. This nature of the village community can be properly understood by an analysis of its characteristics. The important characteristics are as follows:

Agriculture as the dominant mode of occupation:
Agriculture is the main occupation in the village community. It is not only a mode of production, but also away of life. The entire village life is influenced by it. Smith remarks that “agriculture and the collective enterprise are the bases of rural economy. The ‘Farmer’and the ‘Countryman’ are almost synonymous terms”.

Maclver also proclaims that “the predominant occupation of agriculture has other attributes which impress themselves on the mentality of the countrymen and are reflected in his social life. He is not like urban wage earner, an employee working under immediate supergvision of a task specially assigned to him.

Whether he is tenant or free holder even where he is a serf his time and season, his vaiying tasks,his alteration of work and rest are set for him not by the community of a master by the exigencies of nature,” Thus, agriculture is the predominant mode of occupation of villagers which influence the entire gamut of relationship in rural setting.

The small size of the viallage community:
Village communities are comparatively small in size. Due to it a sense of belongingness and primary group relationship develop among the villagers. Smaller the group the more intimate it is. Thus, in village community a deep, intense and enduring type of relationship is found among the people. A deeper sincerity in affairs of fellow beings, intensity of community sentiment, we feeling, role feeling, feeling or dependence, are all due to the small size of village community.

The dominant role of family and neighbourhood:
Family occupies a very dominant position in village community. It acts as the main agent of social- control. It also determines the various activities of the people like marriage, religious performances, political affiliations etc. Such dominant position of the family also provides impetus for masked stability of village community. About the role of family Maclver says, “In rural life where the family is relatively dominant and self contained a group responsibility prevails.

The status of an individual is likely to be the status of the family. Property is likely to be thought of as family possession. Family opinion develops about most matters of interests of interest and is apt to permeate all its members. Neighbourhood plays a very important role in village community. It is constituted of almost identical cluster of huts and houses.

Neighbours are intimately connected with each other. They assist each other during the time of difficulties. Their topic of gossip is common. Everybody is under constant guidance of the whole neighbourhood. This reciprocal relationship in community marked ever one to act according to the prevailing ways.

Homogeneity of life:
The village community has comparatively a greater homogeneity. It means that people are more or less like in a village community and have relatively similar way of life. It is mainly due to the agriculture as predominant mode of occupation. Other occupations also exist in rural communities. But they are in a small scale and more or less linked with the agriculture. Thus, the predominance of single occupation and the common ways of living in a particular area for generations together makes the village life relatively homogeneous.

Simplicity and frugality of living:
Simplicity and frugality of living is another important characteristic of village life. Most of the individual farmers possess small size of the cultivable land. The agricultural production is limited due to many natural as well as man made factors. By didn’t of his hard labour and sweat, the farmer gets the substantial amount of crops by which he maintains his family.

The ill practices like theft, robbery, misconduct etc. are not significantly visible in villages. The villagers lead an idealistic life in accordance with the traditions of family and caste. Generally, they, do not make false pretentions’and boasting. Their life is plain and open. They are not so much mad after the material possessions and are satisfied with their hand. All these make them relatively simple, sober and soft.

Faith in God and religion:
Most of the village people are illiterate and ignorant. So they have strong belief on God and religion. They are nearer to nature. Nature causes heavy loss and devastation for the rural people.Thus, villagers develop a kind of fear for the natural forces and start worship in them with a view to escape for their wrath. Such nearness to nature also determines the attitude of farmers towards land, animals, wealth, natural calamities etc. Thus, religion becomes part and parcel of rural, social life.

Group feeling and natural co- operation:
In village life group feeling or feeling of occupies a important place. Villagers are ready to sacrifice their own interests or even life for the sake of village. They led a life based on co- operation and mutual understanding. Agriculture, the main occupation of the villagers is a sort of cooperative enterprise.

It needs a lot of man power, necessitating the people to co- operate with each other. Therefore, co- operation is a natural necessity of the village community. This co- operation is based on love, affection, goodwill and fellow feeling. Due to these things the social relationship in a village community, becomes genuine, sacred and permanent.

Common ideology and culture:
In village community people have common ideology, due to their compact living in a definite locality for years together over generations, a common ideology or belief naturally emerges out of their association and interaction. Generally in village, people have common views on politics, religion, customs etc. Thus, the people of a village cultivate some common cultural traits, behavioural patterns and follow common customs and traditions.

Lack of specialisation:
In village community there is no or little specialisation. Even in occupational activities, although different sectors of population are supposed to practice different types of occupations, there is no such specialisation in modem sense of the term. For example, agricultural occupation is a common occupation in rural community. Person belonging to different castes are engaged in agriculture. Due to lack of specialisation there is less innovation and discovery. People are governed by traditional norms and heritage.

Low density of population:
Comparatively, the concentration of population at a particular space is very low in a rural area. In urban centres a large number of people concentrate within a specified territory which leeds to high density of population. But in rural areas people are scattered over a large stretch of land living near to their agricultural fields. Again, due to heavy migration of people to urban areas, the number of village community decreases resulting in low density of population.

Hard-working and painstaking :
Village people are very hard- working and painstaking. Their life is governed by nature. Neither they feel suffocated in summer, nor chilled in winter, nor afraid of the lighting and thunders of rain. Hard conditions of life and the hardship of agricultural activities make them more pain staking from the very childhood.

Poverty and illiteracy:
Poverty and illiteracy are the constant friends of village life. Owing to pressure on lands it is fragmented in to small holdings which results in poor productivity. Besides there are also a number of landless labourers in village community. The agriculture is often affected by natural calamities. Villagers do not have other sources of income.

The ever increasing poverty, deprives them even from elementary education what to speak of highly expensive, technical, specialised education. Those minority who can afford for such are led by blind belief and religious dogmas which kills their initiative for higher education.

Caste System :
Caste system is another unique characteristic feature of village community. The whole village community is divided in to many groups on the basis of caste system. All the important aspects of social life are governed by the caste norms. Social life is governed by the caste norms. Social intercourse, ritual performance occupation- everything is decided by Caste Panchayats.

Less intensity of mobility and change:
Mobility of population in village community is less intensive. Because people generally follow the same occupation. The change of occupation or change of caste is not permissible. One’s status and position is permanently fixed on the basis of birth in a particular caste and family. The speed of social change in village community is very slow due to the rigidity of customs, traditions and value system.

Therefore, the village community is comparatively less dynamic. Smith has remarked that “Urban community may be said to resemble “swiftly moving river, where water chums about incrssantly, rural community is a quiet pond with small waves created by cool breeze. “Zimmerman, comments “rural community is similar to calm water in apail and the urban community, to boiling water in a kettle.”

Local Self- Government:
In early, days, village was a independent, self- sufficient and autonomous organisation. The villagers tried to manage their own affairs by themselves through the traditional institutions like Caste Panchayat or Village Panchayat. Village as a “Little Republic” have every thing for its member. Now- a – days a number of steps are being taken by this Govememnt to reorganise these “republics”, which had lost their vitality during British rule. These local self- governing bodies run the day- to- day life of village community through informal methods and thereby preserves its socio- economic identity.

Rigidity of social control :
In village community, the primary institutions play a very significant role in exercising social control. Such primary institutions are family, Caste- Council, neighbourhood, religious opinion etc. These institutions regulate the behaviour of individuals through informal means. Due to the rigidity of value system, customs, traditions etc. the observance of the information rules becomes obligatory etc. the observance of the information rules becomes obligatory for members. There is little chance of deviation from it. and such’deviation is severely criticised and published by the people in most informal manner.

Tradition:
The age- old tradition is peculiar characteristic of village community, Village community is custom bound and tradition- ridden. The minds of villagers are so much pre- occupied with traditional beliefs and faith that the diffusion of new ideas and beliefs take place very slowly.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 2 Indian Social Structure Long Answer Questions Part-1

Question 5.
Describe the various types of village communities.
Answer:
With different climates and historical conditions, different types of village communities have emerged in different periods of human history. They differ from even others in their social system folk- cultures, traditions etc. For example, a wide variance is marked between a Saxon village, the German Mark, a Russian city- Indian Gram, the village of Feudal Europe, a U.S.A. village, a Western Europe village etc. Different social factors. The major types may be discussed as follows

On the basis of Residence :
On the basis of residence, H.T. Peake has classified village communities into three types such as:

Migratory village:
The people of this of villages live for months or for a season in a particular locality, arranging their foods from natural resources in the form of wild hunts, animal meals etc. When the food supply at a place exhausts, they shift to another place where they can find an adequate amount of food.

Semi-permanent village:
In semi-permanent agricultural villages, people reside for a few years at a particular place and migrate to another place due to die exhaustion of the productivity of the land. The duration of residence is more as compared to the migratory type of village. In this type of village, people keep domestic animals like cows and goat but do not cultivate the land for agriculture.

They generally bum down the small trees and bushes etc. and sow seed over the earth which gives them some crops after rainfall. And when the people find that the land is not yielding the required amount of food grains, they leave the place for another new settlement.

Permanent agricultural village:
In such type of village, people have lived permanently for generations. They develop their farm practices, village organisations and social relations within their own village as well as their neighbouring villages. Usually, they do not change their place of living and place of cultivation. In such types of villages, permanent households are created. The number of households may vary from any little number of hundreds or thousands.

On the basis of settlement:
On the basis of settlement, we have classified village communities into two heads as Nucleated and Dispersed villages or scattered villages.

Nucleated village:
In the nucleated village, the residents dwell in one cluster and it has a dense population. The different families are in physical proximity to each other and lead a common life. Their forms are spread around the village dwelling. Their farmland may be scattered in many plots or may be scattered in many plots or may be consolidated in a block.

Scattered village:
In this type of village, families are scattered over a relatively large piece of land. The villagers live separately in their respective farms which is away from one another. Since they are dispersed they have a lesser degree of contact with each other. Their social life assumes a different form. However, some sort of relationship binds all the families together. Generally, they participate in common festivals and observe common functions.

On the basis of organisation:
On this basis villages may be classified as follows:

Co-operative village:
In this type of village, the land is owned individually and people pull their resources together for common cultivation and farming. Generally, co-operative houses are organised to supply them with their necessary commodities. The Mosawdion type of village of Israel, Co- an operative village in India and a Saxon village in Germany fall into this group.

Semi-collective village:
In such villages, the land belongs to the collective body. All means of production and resources are owned collectively. The people work together for the production of food grains and other essential goods. In respect of the consumption side, they get their monthly or annual duties fixed according to the income of the village. The income of villagers is not associated with the number of hours worked by a member of a particular family. The families receive their quota according to the numerical strength of the family.

Collective village:
In this type of village, villagers live in a communal settlement where all property is collectively owned and all the arrangements are done on a collective basis. Members of the village only render their labour to the common pool and get all the necessities of life like food, clothing, housing, education etc.

There is a common dining hall, common store and communal kindergarten in the village. The old and disabled persons are also maintained from the common fund. As a whole such type of village gives faith secretly for the whole life of a person, his children and dependents.

On the basis of Land Ownership:
On this basis, villages may be classified into two categories such as:

Landlord villages :
In such villages, the land is owned by individual families or a few families known as landlords. The landlords possess, all powers over the land but give the land to the tenants. The landlords also impose rent on the land which tenants usually pay. The (landlords) give a certain percentage for themselves. Such types of villages existed in India before the abolition of intermediaries in the agricultural sector.

Ryotwari villages:
In Ryotwari villages farmers are the owners of the land and they cultivate they directly pay the rent to the government without any intermediary.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 2 Indian Social Structure Long Answer Questions Part-1

Question 6.
Bring out the distinction between rural and urban communities.
Answer:
The rural and urban communities differ from each other on the basis of social, economic, religious and cultural standpoints. The sociologists like E.S. Bogardus, K. Davids, E.A. Ross, P. A. Sorokin and so on the point out the following distinction between rural communities and urban communities.

The difference in size:
The size of village community is small.Its scope is very narrow and limited because it is constituted by a small number of people.Due to the small size, the people of village can identify each other and create personal relations among them. But the size of urban community is large. Its scope is very wide and vast because it includes a large number of people of different religions. As a result the people can not identify each other personally.

The difference in Environment:
The environment of die rural community is pure, peaceful and natural than that of the urban community. The villages carry on agricultural works being constantly is struggle with sun, rain and winter. The environment becomes pure and healthy by cultivation instead of being polluted.But the environment of urban community is polluted and artificial. The city is the centre of factories and motor vehicle. The movement of vehicles, smoke and poisonous gas from the factories and the water of the drains make the environment polluted.

The difference in occupation:
Agriculture is the main occupation of the village community.lt is the life and soul of Villagers. Most of the people in the village depend directly on agriculture to earn their livelihood. Though a few landless people depend to cottage industries, yet agriculture is the main occupation from the economic stand point. But the only dwellers generally do not depend on agriculture, trade and commerce and job in government and private sectors is their main occupation. They earn their livelihood by depending directly on some non-agricultural occupation.

The difference in family system:
The family life of the village community is very simple and peaceful. Joint family system is mostly seen in villages. Most of the people in village live together in one house and take part in sorrow and joys of each other. Joint family is the main basis of rural unity. But on the other hand, the family of urban community is indisciplined, hard, rigid. The families or urban areas are nuclear type.

The difference in marriage:
The rural and urban communities differ from each other on the basis of marriage systemin village community marriage is performed according to the approval and consent of two families. Marriage outside the caste, is strictly prohibited in village. The son or the daughter has no right in the selection of mates. The marriage which is fixed by the parents and relatives is unanimously accepted. From this stand point, love marriage in urban community is performed according to the will and choice of two persons. The role of son and daughter is more important than the parents in the selection of mates.

The difference in caste system:
In village community, caste system is very hard and rigid. The villagers are distinguished from each other on the basis of caste. They deeply believe in caste system and create many restrictions in food, drink and social intercourse. The higher caste people village enjoy all kinds of social, economic, religious and cultural privileges and the lower caste people suffer from all kinds of disabilities. But on the other hand, caste system has no importance in urban community.The city dwellers do not believe incaste system. They uproot all restrictions of caste system.

The difference in Religion:
The village community is deeply influenced by religion. The villagers are more religious-minded. They worship many Gods and Goddesses. Different rituals and worships are the fundamental principles of rural life. The villagers fear honour and believe God. But the urban community is not much more influenced by religion. The city dwellers have less religious belief. They consider religion as a symbol of superstition. From this stand pointmany anti-social works happens in urban communities.

The difference in cultural life:
The cultural life of both rural and urban communities are different from each other. The rural culture is more static than that of the urban culture. The belief, art, law,customs and traditions of the rural people are rigid. The cultural life of the villagers is motivated on the basis of the caste system. The caste feeling controls and guides the day- to day life of the people. But the culture of the urban community is simple, flexible and changing. It is always based on the secular principles.

The difference in social relationship:
Village community is mostly characterised by primary relationship. There is a strong we feeling among the people. The villagers help each other and share the joys and sorrows. Their relationships is fundamental to the case. Tins relationship is direct, intimate, face- to- face, informal and stable. But, on the other side, the urban community is mostly characterised by secondary relationship. The city dwellers rarely know each other. The relationship among the people in an urban community is indirect impersonal, formal and short.

Question 7.
Define caste and discuss its various characteristics.
(Or)
What is caste? Point out its distinctive features.
(Or)
Examine the structural and functional features of caste in India.
Answer:
Stratification is a general feature of every society. An “unstratified society with a real equality of its members is a myth, which has never been realized in the history of mankind. Indian society presents a unique system of stratification based on birth, which is not found elsewhere in the world. This form, with other forms of social stratification, is the caste system.

The English word ‘caste’ is derived from the Portuguese word ‘Caste’. ‘Caste’ means breed, race or kind. The Hindi equivalent of caste is ‘Jati’ or ‘Jat’. Jati means birth or descent. Risley defines caste as “A collection of families or groups of Families bearing a common name, claiming a common descent from a mythical ancestor, human or divine, professing to follow the same hereditary calling and is regarded by those who are competent to give an opinion as forming a single homogeneous community.

Ketkar defines caste as “A social group having two characteristics.

  • Endogamy and
  • Membership is confined to those who are born of members and includes all persons so born.

According to Anderson and Parker, “Caste is that extreme form of social class organization . in which the position of individuals in the status hierarchy is determined by descent and birth”. Prof. Ghurye discusses some of the important characteristics of caste N.K. Dutta also gives a list of the salient features of the caste system, which is an essence not very much different from the one given by Prof. Ghurye. The general features of caste are:

Segmental division of society:
Society is divided into several small social groups under the caste system. Each social group is called a caste. The membership of a caste is based on birth, so mobility from one caste to another is impossible. Thus, each caste is a social world by itself.

Hierarchy:
Prof. George says that all the castes are arranged into a hierarchy on the basis of their social precedence. At the top of the hierarchy, there is the Brahmin caste and followed by Kshatriya, Vaishya and Shudra castes. The relative position of all these castes are not always very clear.

Restrictions on food, drink and social intercourse :
Every caste imposes restrictions on its members, with regard to food, drink and social intercourse. The members of a higher caste do not accept water or food from the lower castes or untouchables. For example, the Brahmins do not accept water and food from the Harijans. Likewise, there is restrictions on social inter¬course. There are widespread beliefs of pollution by touch which require the members of different castes to maintain social distance from one another.

Differential civil and religious privileges and disabilities:
In a caste society, there is an unequal distribution of privileges and disabilities among its members. While the higher caste people enjoy all the privileges the lower caste people suffer from all kinds of disabilities. The un- touchable castes live far away from the residential areas of the higher castes. They are not allowed to move freely in the community.

The untouchables along with the Shudras, are not permitted to study the Hindu scriptures like the Vedas. Punishment for crime varies not according to the caste of the criminal. They are not allowed to participate in public fairs etc. They are even not allowed to use public fairs etc. They are even not allowed to use public wells, ponds, roads etc.

Restrictions on choice of occupation:
The choice of occupations in a caste system is hereditary and the members of a caste are expected to follow their traditional occupations without fail. Thus, a Brahmin should be a Priest and Chamar should always cure hides and make chappals.

Restrictions on marriage:
Each caste is an endogamous group. Every caste or sub-caste imposes restrictions that its members should many within the group. Marriage outside one’s caste is strictly prohibited. Any deviation of this rule is viewed as a serious offence and results in ex-communication from the caste or severe punishment.

Sub-caste:
Each caste in Hindu society is subdivided into a number of sub-castes. Each sub-caste, like a caste, is an endogamous group.

Caste- panchayat:
Every caste has its own panchayat or praise. It discusses various matters and problems of its own caste. It functions like a governing body. It settles various disputes of caste and punishes the offenders who violate the rules of the caste.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 2 Indian Social Structure Long Answer Questions Part-1

Question 8.
Discuss various theories of the origin of the caste system.
Answer:
The English word ‘Caste’ is derived from the Portuguese word ‘caste’. ‘Caste’ is derived from the Portuguese word ‘caste’. ‘Caste’ means breed, race or kind. The Hindi equivalent of caste is ‘Jati’ or ‘jaf. Jati means birth or descent. So caste of a person is determined by his birth. A number of theories are found in India to explain the origin of the caste system in India. Some important theories of the origin of the caste system are

  • Racial Theory
  • Political Theory
  • Occupational Theory
  • Traditional Theory
  • Theory of Mana.
  • Functional – Racial Theory
  • Theory of cultural integration.
  • Evolutionary Theory

Racial Theory:
The racial theory is regarded as an important theory of the caste system. Sir Herbert Risely, GS. Ghurye and D.N. Mazumdar are the main propounders of racial theory. Sir Herbert Risely points out that the Caste system originated in India after the entrance of Aryans from Persia to India. He points out that when Aryans came to India, at that time there was a scarcity of women among them.

So they started marrying from non-Aryans or lower vamps. But the Aryans refused to give their women in Marring to the non-Aryans. Later on, when the Aryans had enough of women they closed to marrying women from the non-Aryans or lower vamps. Hence they married women among their Aryans and the custom of endogamy was founded.

Risely argues that the caste system originated due to this attitude of Aryans toward non-Aryans. Prof GS- Ghurye argues that the Aryans invaded India and conquered the original non-Aryan races. Later on, these non-Aryans were regarded as ‘Sudras’. The Aryans did not give permission to the non-Aryans or the Sudras to participate in all their religious and social activities.

Even the Aryans did not allow the non-Aryans to reside near their houses. This racial conflict is the cause of the origin of the caste system. Mazumdar points out that the caste system originated in India after the entrance of Aryans to India. After their arrival, hierarchy increased gradually in India. This hierarchy is the basis and origin of the caste system. Hutton criticises the racial theory of the origin of the caste- system.

He says that it is very difficult to believe that hypergamy has created the caste system in India alone. Secondly, the existence of two races cannot convincingly refer to the existence of untouchability in India Lastly, this theory only stresses race while it neglects many other possible factors which contribute to the formation of the caste system.

Political Theory:
Some early European observers point out that the Caste system was a creation of the clever priesthood on a single law- given for the division and subjection of the masses. Dr Ghurye says that the “Caste system in India is a Brahminic child of the Indo- Aryan culture.” But the critics of this theory says that caste system is so widespread and deep-rooted in Hindu society that it could not have been imposed upon the public either by a clever priesthood or by an administrative measure.

Secondly, the caste system is so co-related with Hindu society that it is difficult to conceive of Hindu society without a caste- system. Hence caste system is organic rather than artificial to Hindu society.

Occupational Theory:
Nesfield is the main propounder of this theory. According to him, some occupations were regarded as higher than others occupations. So occupation or function alone is responsible for the origin or caste- system in India. The critics of this theory say that if the occupation is the sole basis of the caste- system then why agricultural castes in the south are considered lower castes whereas they are regarded as respectable in North India.

Traditional Theory:
The traditional theory explains the caste- system in terms of divine origin. Rigveda states the four varhas have emerged from the four limbs of the supreme being. The Jatis or castes have been formed due to the prevalence of hypergamy and hypogamy marriages between the four original games.

The mixed offspring of such unions created many different castes. The critics of this theory say that from a scientific point of view it is wrong to believe that the four games are the creation of divine beings. Secondly, it is also wrong to believe that all the various castes have been formed by vamasankara.

Theory of Mana:
J.H. Hutton is the main propounder of this theory. He says that the belief in “Mana” has given rise to the caste system. Mana is a supernatural power in which, the tribal people believe. Mana has the power to do good or bad, profit or loss to people. It is also believed by the tribal people that “Mana” can be transmitted through contact and social- intercourse.

Functional Racial Theory:
Slater has tried to explain the origin of the caste system by functional and racial elements. According to him, the caste system developed in India much before the Aryans came. He says the caste system arose in India as a result of occupations becoming hereditary and marriage being arranged by parents to safeguard craft secrets. Further, the occupational groups were created because of magic and religious ceremonies attached to crafts. He says, the Aryans came and strengthened the existing tendency by associating a colour to castes.

Theory of Cultural Integration:
Sarat Chandra Roy is the main propounder of this theory. In his opinion, the caste system arose due to geographical intimacy and equality of social ideas of different races. He says the caste system evolved as a result of the integration and assimilation of different cultures. For example, the Aryan “Varna system us a cultural entity which is based on ‘Karma’, and the Dravidian division of society is<a culture which is based on occupation.

Evolutionary Theory:
Denzil Ibbetson is the main propounder of this theory. He points out that the caste system evolved as a result of the interaction of tribes, occupational guilds and religion. Therefore, from the above discussion, it is very clear that a number of theories are found to explain the origin of the caste- system.

But no theory has yet been able to explain its origin convincingly. The caste system is so complex that it is not easy to explain it in terms of any one factor. The Indian caste system is not the product of any one single factor. This system is a natural result of the interaction of geographical, social, political, economic and religious factors.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 2 Indian Social Structure Long Answer Questions Part-1

Question 9.
Discuss various merits or advantages of the caste system,
(Or)
Discuss different functions of the caste system.
Answer:
Risley says caste of “A collection of families or groups Of families bearing a common name, claiming a common descent from a mythical ancestor, human or divine, professing to follow the same hereditary calling and is regarded by those who are competent to give opinions as forming a single homogeneous community.” Under the caste, system society is divided into a number of castes.

Though the castes are hierarchically ordered hence the relative positions of different castes are always not very clear. The membership of a caste is based on birth, so mobility from one caste to another is impossible. Each caste has its own traditional social status, occupation, customs, rules and regulations. Each caste is an endogamous group. So a marriage outside one’s own caste is prohibited.

Every caste imposes restrictions on its members with regard to food, drink and social- intercourse. Each caste also has its own occupation. Freedom is not allowed for the members of the different castes to choose their occupations freely. Similarly, each caste has its own governing body called the ‘caste council’ of ‘ Jati’ Panchayat’, which enforces the caste rules. Thus, each caste is a social world itself. But in all activities, all the castes are dependent upon each other and serve as the device in our division of labour for the smooth functioning of society.

The caste system has certain merits and demerits:
The merits of the caste system can be viewed from two angles. One from the individual’s point of view, the other from social point of view. So the merits or advantages on functions of caste system from an individual point of view are:-

Determines Social Status:
As caste- system is based on the principle of birth an individual automatically becomes a member of it and gets the traditional status of that caste. For example, a Brahmin occupies the highest position in Hindu society not because of his extra- ordinaiy qualities or achievements, but because of his birth in a Brahmin caste. So in the caste- system the ascriptive status of the individual is fixed.

Provides Social Security:
A caste offers social security to the individual from his birth to death. It provides him with an occupation, acts as a trade union, a benefit society, health insurance and also provides for his funeral if it is needed.

Guides the Individual behaviour:
Caste- system controls the behaviour of the individual. Every caste has its own behaviour patterns. The members of each caste obey this behaviour patterns in matters like dress, diet, ceremony, rituals at birth, initiation on Upanayana, marriage, death etc.

Functions of the caste system from the social point of view –

Caste – system preserves culture:
Every society for its stability passes its culture from one generation to another generation. The caste system is specially, fit for such a task of handling over cultural patterns like skill, knowledge and behaviour from one preceding generation to the other succeeding generation with little change. In the caste- system the hereditary occupation and the caste customs are safeguarded and handed over to the next generation.

It integrates Society:
Caste system has acted as an effective means of integrating the diverse racial, religious, national and ethnic groups in to a vast Community. The caste- system is capable of integrating these groups in such a way that it becomes a part of the social whole and yet retains its own distinctive character and identity.

Caste – system establishes stability in society:
The caste- system has also been responsible for the stability in society. Hindu society has proved stable because it is firmly based on a caste- system, which survives even conversion to Islam or Christianity. It has also saved Hindu society from being disrupted under the pressure of alien invasions, famines and upheavals of all kinds.

Caste- system brings Political – stability in Society:
The caste- system has acted as a political stabilizer in the country. It acts as a constitution for the Hindu. The caste- system is responsible for the preservation of India from complete barbarism, a sure basis of orderly government, a defence against despotism and as a means for preserving the arts as a sure means for preserving Hindu pattern of culture under the regime of alien conquerors.

It serves as a device for the division of labour:
caste- system acts as a unique system of division of labour in Hindu society. It provides to the individual, with all functions ranging from education to scavenging. One important feature of this system is that it believes in the religious dogma that is belief in ‘Karma’. This belief in Karma makes in-equitable division of labour acceptable to the people. It is said that the present position and occupation of the individual is the result of his past life, and if he performs his caste duties perfectly in present life then he will maintain a better life in future.

The caste- system maintains the purity of blood:
The caste- system has served as a method for preserving the purity of blood by its instance on endogamy. Because the caste system prohibits marriage outside one’s own group. So this endogamy prevents hybridisation and thereby maintains the purity of blood.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 2 Indian Social Structure Long Answer Questions Part-1

Question 10.
Discuss dysfunctions of caste-system Or. Discuss the demerits of the caste- system
Answer:
‘No doubt’ caste- system has certain merits. It is not altogether devoid of dysfunctions or demerits. The system has been responsible for various evils in Hindu society. The main disadvantages or demerits or dysfunctions of caste- system are:-

Hinders Social Progress:
Caste-system is a hindrance to social progress. Because it does not easily allow the changes in society.Under caste system the individual has no freedom.He is bound to conform to his age old customs of his caste. If some one violates the age old customs, then he is published. Since the members of caste believe in the law of Karma, they become conservative in society. This rigidity of the system has almost paralysed Hindu society. Innovation has no place in it. So caste system hinders social progress in Hindu society.

Caste – system creates un- touchability:
Un- touchability is the ugliest expression of caste- system. Caste- system is mainly responsible for the prevalence of untouchability in Hindu society. These untouchables suffer from all kinds of disabilities. They are economically suffered, specially disabled, politically have no rights in the society.

Caste- system hinders the national unity:
Caste- system creates love and loyalty towards one’s own caste and hatred attitude towards other castes. This sense develops casteism among the people. Under caste system the lower caste people become dissatisfied with the behaviour of upper caste- people. As a result conflict takes place between different castes, which ultimately hinders the national unity.

Caste- system leads to political disunity:
Under caste- system an individual is required to be more loyal to his caste than to any other group. As such, it fosters casteism rather than nationalism among the people. It is for this reason that the Indians could not develop nationalism and combine against foreign invasions. In fact, disunity and lack of patriotism among the Indians encouraged many foreigners to invade India.

The past two hundred and fifty years of India’s recorded history reveals that India was a victim of foreign invasions for atleast hundred and twenty five times. In other words, India was attacked by foreign powers in every 20 years on an average. Even now, caste seems to be one of the most disruptive forces in India.

Caste- system perpetuates social in- equality :
Caste system has served as an instrument in the hands of the upper castes to maintain their own privileged position in society. It led to the disposition of the upper castes and created permanent feelings of inferiority and insecurity in the minds of the lower caste people.

The caste system imposes hardships on women:
Under caste system, a caste wishing to raise its status in the caste hierarchy, should follow certain customs like child marriage, prohibition on window remarriages and seclusion of women, which entails hardship for women.

Caste system hinders economic progress:
Caste – system acts as an obstacle on the path of economic development. Under the caste- system a person is not freely allowed to choose any occupation. Because there is fixed occupation for every caste and this custom is transmitted from one generation to other. Hence it leads to immobility and inefficiency of labour and there by to economic backwardness.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Solutions Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions.

CHSE Odisha 12th Class Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Multiple Choice Questions With Answers

Question 1.
In the caste system, occupation is
(a) Changing
(b) Fixed
(c) Discontinued
Ans:
(b) Fixed

Question 2.
Status in the caste system is
(a) achieved
(b) ascribed
(c) None of the above
Ans:
(b) ascribed.

Question 3.
Marriage is the caste system is
(a) Endogamous
(b)Exogamous
(c) None of the above
Answer:
(a) Endogamous.

Question 4.
The word caste owes is the origin to which word.
(a) Greek
(b) Spanish
(c) French
Answer:
(b) Spanish.

Question 5.
Warner and Hunt had not given one of the following classifications of classes.
(a) Upper – middle class
(b) Lower-lower class
(c) Capitalist class
Answer:
(a) Upper – middle class

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 6.
Who said this waste as a closed class?
(a) MajumdarandMadan
(b)MacIver
(c)Kingsely
Answer:
(a) Majumdar and Madan

Question 7.
Who said this “When the status is wholly predetermined so that men are born to their lot in their life without any hope of changing it then class takes the form of caste”.
(a) C.H. Cooley
(b) Madan
(c) Majumdar
Answer:
(a) C.H. Cooley

Question 8.
Who write in “History of Caste in India”?
(a) Ketkar
(b) C.H. Cooley
(c) Madan
Answer:
(a) Ketkar

Question 9.
Who said this “Classes are aggregates of individuals Who have for same opportunities of acquisition goods, the same exhibited standard of Hv
(a) Max-Weber
(b) MacIver and Page
(c) P. Gisbert
Ans :
(a) Max-Weber

Question 10.
A social class is any portion of a community marked off from the rest by social status”.
(a) Maclver and page
(b) Max-Weber
(c) P. Gisbert
Answer:
(a) Maclver and Page

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 11.
Who said this “A social class is one or more broad groups of individuals who are ranked by the members of the community in socially superior and inferior positions”.
(a) OgbumandNimkoff
(b) Maclver
(c) P.Gisbert
Answer:
(a) Ogbum and Nimkoff

Question 12.
Who said this “A social class is a category or group of persons having a definite status in society which permanently determines their relation to other groups.
(a) P. Gisbert
(b) Maclver
(c) Max-Weber
Answer:
(a) P. Gisbert

Question 13.
Who said this, “The untouchable castes are those who suffer from various social and political disabilities many of which are traditionally prescribed and socially enforced by the higher castes”.
(a) D.N. Majumdar
(b)Dr. B.R.Ambedker
(c) Mahatma Gandhi
Ans :
(a) D.N. Majumdar

Question 14.
Who said this, “Tribal society is a collection of families bearing the name, speaking a common dialect, occupying or professing to occupy a common territory and it is not usually endogamous though originally it might have been so”.
(a) Imperial Gazette
(b) D.N. Majumdar
(c) W.W. Hunter
Answer:
(a) Imperial Gazette

Question 15.
Who said this “A tribe is a collection of families bearing a common name, members of which occupy of the same territory, speak the same language and observe certain taboos regarding marriage profession or occupation and hence developed a well-assessed system of reciprocity and mutuality of obligation”.
(a) D.N. Majumdar
(b)W.W. Hunter
(c) Imperial Gazette.
Answer:
(a) D.N. Majumdar.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 16.
Who said this “The tribe is a well-organised social structure where the human group lives in the defined physical environment. It is a collection of families which have a common name, which normally claims descent from a common ancestral living in a defined territory speaking a common dialect and is endogamous”.
(a) Imperial Gazette
(b) D.N. Majumdar
(c) W.W. Hunter
Answer:
(c) W.W. Hunter

One Word Answers

Question l.
A system of stratification in which mobility up and down the status ladder at least ideally may not occur.
Answer:
Caste system

Question 2.
An endogamous group membership of which is hereditary.
Answer:
Caste system

Question 3.
A class is somewhat strictly hereditary.
Answer:
Caste system

Question 4.
Restrictions in social intercourse.
Answer:
Caste system

Question 5.
Mention any one characteristic of the caste system.
Answer:
Endogamy

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 6.
Mention one demerit of the caste system.
Answer:
Hinders social progress

Question 7.
Mention any one merit of the caste system.
Answer:
Helped in the integration of society.

Question 8.
Mention any one factor responsible of the caste system.
Answer:
Industrialisation

Question 9.
Mention any one changing aspect of the caste system.
Answer:
Change in endogamy.

Question 10.
Mention any one characteristic of the class.
Answer:
Universal

Correct The Sentences

Question l.
Caste is based on wealth.
Answer:
Caste is based on birth.

Question 2.
Class is based on birth.
Answer:
Class is based on birth

Question 3.
Class in an open system.
Answer:
Caste is a closed system

Question 4.
Class is a closed system.
Answer:
Class is an open system.

Question 5.
Caste choice of occupation.
Answer:
Caste determines occupation.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 6.
Class system determines occupations.
Answer:
Class system is the choice of occupations

Question 7.
Caste prescribes on such rules regarding eating, drinking and social interaction among its members.
Answer:
Caste prescribes certain rules regarding eating, drinking and social interaction among its members.

Question 8.
Caste is a simple social system.
Answer:
Caste is a complex social system.

Question 9.
Caste is old to Indian society.
Answer:
Caste is unique to Indian society.

Question 10.
Caste and class close in Indian society.
Answer:
Caste and class co-exist in Indian society.

Question 11.
Caste is a secular system.
Answer:
Caste is a sacred system.

Question 12.
Class is a sacred system.
Answer:
Class is a secular system.

Question 13.
Class consciousness is an important feature of the caste system.
Answer:
Class consciousness is an important feature of the class system.

Question 14.
A social class is a relatively temporary group.
Answer:
A social class is a relatively permanent group.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 15.
In a class system, there are two modes of feeling.
Answer:
In a class system, there are three modes of feeling.

Question 16.
A social class is a social phenomenon.
Answer:
Social class is a universal phenomenon.

Fill In The Blanks

l. Caste is based on ______.
Answer: Birth

2. Caste is based on _______.
Answer: Wealth

3. Caste is a _______ system.
Answer: Closed

4. Caste is a _______ of its members.
Answer: Occupation

5. Caste is a ________ social system.
Answer: Complex

6. Caste and class _______ in Indian society.
Answer: Co-exist

7. A social class is _______ a permanent group.
Answer: relatively

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

8. A social class is essentially a _______ group.
Answer: status

9. The term varna literally means ________.
Answer: Colour

10. Caste groups are _______ groups.
Answer: Open

11. Caste which means ______ of ________.
Answer: Breed, Lineage

12. A social class is an ______ group.
Answer: Open

13. Class is a ______ phenomenon.
Answer: Universal

Very Short-Answer Type Questions

Question l.
What do mean by caste?
Answer:
The word caste owes its origin to the Spanish word Cast which means breed, race, strain or a Complex of hereditary qualities. The Portuguese applied this term to the classes of people in India known by the name of Jati.

Question 2.
Caste taboos
Answer:
Caste are required to observe certain taboos and moral rules. Castes that fail to observe these rules lose status, while the caste that follows them gains status. For example, taboo, eating, taboo and the commensality taboo (Which is concerned with the persons from whom one may accept cooked food or with whom one may take food, the food taboo which prescribed what kinds of food a man may eat).

Question 3.
Class
Answer:
Class is a major type of stratification found especially in the modem civilized countries. It is a social group within the collectivity. It is a product of economic process and division of labour. It emerged in its present form as the result of industrialisation. It is based upon rule and differentiation.

Question 4.
Define caste
Answer:
“When the status is wholly predetermined so that when are home to their lot in their life without any hope of changing it then class takes the form of caste”.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 5.
Define class.
Answer:
Max- Weber “classes are aggregate of individuals who have the same opportunities of acquiring goods the same exhibited standard of living”.

Question 6.
What is Scheduled Caste?
Answer:
The Scheduled Castes who comprise the bulk of untouchables are technically outside the four-fold vama scheme. These castes were imputed with the maximum degree of ritual and social impurity while their occupations were treated as the lowest defiling occupation in the hierarchy.

Question 7.
Define Schedule Caste.
Answer:
The untouchable castes are those who suffer from various social and political disabilities, many of which are traditionally prescribed and socially enforced by the higher castes”.

Question 8.
Who are the Tribes?
Answer:
Tribe refers to the indigenous Janas. They are commonly designed as Adivasi (original settlers) and Girijan (hill dwellers.) Girijan (hill dwellers. Vampjati( forest caste men), Adimjati (primitive castes Janjati (folk communities), Anusuchit janjati (Scheduled Tribes).

Question 9.
Define tribe,
Answer:
According to the Imperial Gazette “Tribal society is a collection of families bearing a name, speaking a common dialect occupy a common territory and it is not usually endogamous though originally it might have been so”.

Question 10.
Hierarchy and Hereditary:
Answer:
Hierarchy is one of the most original and basic features of the caste system. Hierarchy refers to an organisation with grades or classes ranked one above the other. The castes are arranged on the basis of superiority and inferiority to each other. Each caste is a hereditary group. The membership of the caste is confined only to those who are born into it by an endogamous marriage relation. The status of an individual is determined by virtue of his birth. The rights and privileges that is socially due to an individual is determined hereditarily.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 11.
Openness Vs. Closeness.
Answer:
The caste system is strictly a closed structure. One’s position and status is determined once for all by virtue of his birth in a particular caste. No amount of material possession or personal qualities can bring him up in the social hierarchy or caste. On the other handed class system is an open structure. Here the status and position of a man is determined on the basis of bis personal qualities, material possessions and achievements in different aspects of social life, the class system gives enough scope for upward and downward mobility.

Question 12.
Divine Sanctions Vs Secular Norms
Answer:
Whatever may be the origin of caste, it can be told without the fear of contradiction that it derives its strength of continuity from divine sanctions. The beliefs like, one has to observe Jati, Dharma (Caste duties) to have a better birth till future, life, it is the God who has created caste distinctions to punish those who had done bad deeds in past life etc.

Have given a religious and divine sanction to the caste system. But there is no such dogmatic belief in the class system. It is based on purely objective things like wealth, power and position and it is quite free from religious considerations or controls.

Question 13.
Rigidity Vs Flexibility.
Answer:
The caste system is too rigid with regard to the rules of social intercourse. The taboos of eating and drinking and norms of inter-caste marriage are strictly followed. A lot of restrictions are imposed upon the members of a particular caste with regard to their relationship with the members of other castes. Taking of water or cooked food from the hands of a man of a lower caste is punishable. Caste endogamy is strictly maintained by prohibiting inter-caste marriage.

Question 14.
Caste and Democracy.
Answer:
‘Caste is basically a social institution. Politics and Government are related aspects. It plays its role in these areas of democracy. On the other hand, democracy is basically a political system, with social justice and equality as its main objective. But since both these systems emerge from social life, it is quite natural and inevitable that they get interrelated.

Question 15.
Segmental division.
Answer:
Caste groups are segmental groups. They have well-defined boundaries. So to say, each caste is an autonomous group independent of the other. The status of an individual is determined by his birth. No amount of power, prestige and wealth can change the position. The membership of a caste, therefore, is unchangeable and immutable. Further, each, in a way has its own way of life.

Question 16.
Caste Council
Answer:
The Caste Council consists of elder members of the caste, the recognised leaders who command the respect and confidence of their community. It functions to settle caste disputes. Matter- such as breaking the marriage promise, refusing by the husband to take his wife to his house adultery by the wife, killing cows insulting Brahmins, having illicit sexual relations with people of other castes, non-payment of debt, defying the customs of the caste regarding feasts etc.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 17.
Hierarchy.
Answer:
The concept of hierarchy forms the crux of the caste groups. Dumont believes that the hierarchical division of caste is based on the concept of purity and pollution and according to, the given caste occupies a particular position in the caste hierarchy.

Short-Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Analyse the characteristics of the caste system.
Answer:

Segmental Division:
A caste group is a segmental group. Under the caste system, society is divided into several small social groups known as castes, each caste is a well-developed social group.

Hierarchy:
In a caste society, all the castes are arranged into a hierarchy on the basis of their social importance. At the top of the hierarchy is Brahmanism whereas untouchable castes are at the bottom. In between them, many other castes exist.

Restrictions on Food:
Under the caste system caste imposes restrictions on its members with regard to food, drink and social intercourse.

Restrictions in civil and religious privileges:
In a caste-based society, there is an unequal distribution of privileges and disabilities along its members. Higher caste people enjoy all the privileges while lower caste people suffer from all kinds of disabilities.

Restrictions on occupation:
Under a caste system choice of occupation is not free. Each caste is traditional with a particular occupation.

Caste endogamy:
Every caste imposes restrictions on its members to marry one’s own caste or sub-caste.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 2.
Analyse the functions of caste that do not perform for individuals.
Answer:
Caste provides fixed social status to individuals. Under the caste system, the status of an individual is determined by their birth. His status is constant at all times. Caste provides social security to individuals. Every caste provides necessary social security to its members from its birth to death. It acts as health insurance. Caste guides an individual in his day- to day activities.

Every caste provides a specific behavioural pattern for its members to be followed on different fixed occasions. Caste determines the occupation of the individual. Every caste provides specific occupations for its members to follow. Caste provides mental security to individuals. Caste by prescribing and providing facilities to its member guarantees mental security to individuals.

Question 3.
Analyse the functions of caste in social life.
Answer:
Caste transmits and preserves culture. Every caste has its own culture to which it transmits, from generation to generation. At the same time, it also preserves culture. The caste system establishes social unity. It unites different people in a larger society and at the same time maintains their separate identities.

The caste system brings stability to society. It saves Hindu society from outside invasion, internal conflict and all sorts of problems. It makes religious conversion almost impossible. The caste system brings political stability to society. It acts as a constitution for Hindus. It saves Hindu culture from foreign forces. It continues to maintain political unity since ancient times.

The caste system serves as a unique system of division of labour. It makes provisions for all funds of work. It distributes all works among different castes. It also provides a religious explanation for the social division of labour as a result all perform their work smoothly.
By prescribing marriage within one’s own case or group it maintains the purity of blood.

Question 4.
Briefly discuss the different dysfunctions of caste.
Answer:
The caste system retorts social progress. Under the caste system individual has no freedom of any sort. At the same time, it does not accept change easily. With all the above, its rigidity stands as an obstacle to social progress. The caste system hinders economic progress. Under the caste system, an individual cannot choose his occupation freely.

Individual occupations are determined by caste, as a result, their efficiency suffers and thereby hampers economic progress. The caste system creates political disunity in society. It encourages individuals by loyalties towards one’s own caste and thereby casteism is created which ultimately threatens the unity and integrity of Indian society. The caste system perpetuates social inequalities in society.

Members of higher caste use castes as an instrument to keep their position in that as a result of which inequalities persist. The caste system also creates untouchability in society. It is the ugliest expression of the caste system. It keeps some members of Hindu society as untouchables. The condition of women was very pitiable under the caste system. The caste system also stands as an obstacle in the way of modernisation.

Question 5.
Briefly discuss the factors affecting caste systems.
Answer:
Modern education has played an important role in undermining the importance of caste in Indian society. it is based on democratic values like equality, liberty and fraternity. Industrialisation also quality affects the caste system. Caste is based on the rural economy. Hence, the industrial economy cuts to the roots of the caste system. Occupational caste cannot serve large-scale industrialisation.

The spread of urbanisation has made it impossible to practise caste restorations. Caste rules cannot be observed in urban society. Modem means of transportation also help in weakening the caste system by making it impossible to observe caste rules while travelling through it. A number of new social movements were launched against the caste system which helps in its disintegration.

Indian constitution has posed a grave threat to the very continuance of the caste system in Indian society. It makes many special provisions for its disintegration. The new legal system established by the Britishers also helps in weakening caste rigidity and its influence. The increasing importance of wealth also helps in weakening the observance of caste rules.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 6.
Briefly analyse a few changes that are being brought in the caste system in recent years.
Answer:
In recent years a number of changes are being introduced in the caste system as a result of the impact of many factors. These changes are discussed below. There is a change in the restrictions regarding the choice of occupation. Now every member of every caste is free to choose the occupation of his liking. There is a sharp decline in the supremacy of the Brahmins in society.

They are no more enjoying their traditional highest position in society. There is also a change in caste rigidity. It becomes more flexible. There is a change in the status of lower caste people as a result of a number of governmental efforts. There is also a change in the restrictions imposed on mental selection. Inter-caste marriages are encouraged. The caste system lost its control over its members. People are to more obeying their caste rules.

Question 7.
What is the class like? Discuss its characteristics.
Answer:
Social classes constitute an important aspect of social structure in modem Indian society. These social classes have always been present throughout the age, but the social classes as we see them today originated under British rule. Social class refers to the horizontal division of people who share a similar position in society.

Wealth, income, education, and occupation are some of the dying basic determinants of class. Social class is relatively open. There are social classes in society. These classes are hierarchically ranked in the forms of wealth and income.

Characteristics:
Class is a status group:
A social class is essentially a status group. Class is related to the status of the position of an individual in relation to others.

Achieved in nature:
Class is achieved and not ascribed like that of caste factors like income: occupation, wealth, and education.

Question 8.
Discuss the characteristics of the Tribe.
Answer:
The following characteristics of the tribe may be noted.

Definite common topography:
A tribe lives within a definite locality having similar physical features and natural environment it is because of this common habitat they develop similar socio-psychological traits.

A sense of unity:
The individuals of a tribe have a strong sense of unity. Because of the same habitat, and socio-psychological traits they develop a strong sense of solidarity among themselves.

A common name:
Each tribe has a name of its own. Its individual members are identified by the same common name outside the tribe.

A common language:
Each tribe becomes distinct from the others in its language and dialect. Because all the members speak a common language, their sense of unity and solidarity becomes more strong.

Common religious belief:
Each tribe claims a common ancestry and worships the ancestor in the form of a tribe. Religious beliefs and practices have great authoritative control over the members of the tribe. Religions guide the socio-economic as well as the political life of tribes to a great extent.

Endogamic practices:
Generally, a tribe is an endogamous group. The members of a tribe are usually many within their own tribe. But now- a – days because of the frequency of inter¬tribal contacts, the inter-tribe marriage rate is increasing. Even the tribes are also being seen marrying people from other religions like Christianity, Hinduism and Islam.

Political organisation:
Each tribe has a political organisation. This is helped and assisted by a group of other dominant members. The political organisation has its roots in the common need of the people for protection. All the intra- group conflicts are resolved by this organisation. All the important decisions about the tribe’s way of living are taken in this organisation. The authority of the chief is questionable and binding on the members.

Common culture:
Because of a common habit, common language and common religion, a tribe develops a common culture with a distinct way of life for itself.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 9.
Distinctions between caste and class.
Answer:
Caste is based on birth while class is based on wealth. Caste determines the occupation of its members. But on the other hand, there is no restriction on the choice of an occupation in the caste system. Caste is a closed system but class is an open system. The caste system is believed to be created by God and supported by religions while the class system is secular in nature. Caste society has a Caste Council but class society does not have such a council.

Question 10.
Distinguish between Caste and Tribe.
Answer:
A caste is a social group whereas a tribe is a territorial group. There are differences in the rank and status of the members of a tribe. But in caste, the status of all its members is generally conceived to be equal. Though a tribe, like a caste, is an endogamous group, endogamy is not strictly enforced in a tribe as it is in a caste. A tribe is always a politically organised group whereas a caste is never a politically organised group, though it performs many political families.

Question 11.
Write a short note on tribal problems.
Answer:
Trials in India are facing a large number of problems which continue to greaten. The very existence of tribes. Some of these important problems are as follows. Integration or assimilation of tribes with the national mainstream is an important problem for the tribes in India. Alienation of the tribes from their own land is an important problem of the tribes in India. Landlords or moneylenders of the plains gradually replaced the tribal landlords. Tribals nowadays are also suffering from many, socio-cultural problems.

Question 12.
Write a short note on tribal welfare programmes.
Answer:
The main aim of the tribal welfare programme was to solve different problems of tribal people arising mainly out of uncontrolled cultural contracts. However, at different times as well as non-government agencies. These measures are as follows:

  • Elvin suggested the creation of national parks for tribals.
  • Indian constitution had made a number of special provisions for the welfare of the tribal people.

Question 13.
What is the peasant movement? Discuss outs types.
Answer:
Agrarian unrest or peasant unrest is not a recent phenomenon since agriculture and land are regarded as the most important subjects the issue of agrarian unrest is to be taken up and handled carefully by the government. A.R. Desai has used the term peasant struggle to refer to agrarian unrest.

Doshi and Jain have pointed out the root of peasant unrest, therefore, lives on the social structure of the peasantry out history and processes of agricultural modernisation. Some of the peasant agitations have taken place in different places mostly for one or the other local causes. Some of these agitations were revolutions, peasant movements and so on.

Peasant discontent as recorded by historians has been a familiar feature of the 19th and 20th centuries. During the first quarter of the 20th century, pie peasant movements became much more violent. These movements were deeply influenced by the struggle for national freedom. While some of these had taken place prior to independence and a few others took place after the Independence.

Types of peasant struggles :
There are different types of peasant struggles depending upon the purpose ideology, organisational base, working style etc.

  • The Santhal insurrection was one variety whereas Bardoli Satyagraha represented another variety.
  • The Naxalbarti peasant struggle was actually a violent armed struggle.
  • In the Moplah Rebellion of Malabar was the influence of Muslim religious leaders.
  • The Champaran movement led by Mahatma Gandhi was absolutely a peaceful non-violent struggle.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Sociology Unit 4 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Movement Objective & Short Answer Type Questions

Question 14.
Kathleen Gough’s classification of peasant struggle.
Answer:
Restorative Rebellion:
Agitations of this type usually consist of an attempt on the part of the agitations to right for the restoration of one-time existing privileges and statuses. Example The Santhal instruction. The Santhals fought against the British not very much for driving them away from India but for restoring their traditional rights. According to Ganga as many as 29 such rebellions took place in India prior to 1857.

Religious movements :
These types of movements took place under the active leadership of religious leaders. People supported and Joined in these agitations with the hope, wherein social equality Justice and brotherhood would be assured for all Example. The Moplah Muslims of Malabar revolted against the Hindu landlords and also the British.

Social Banditry:
It means a type of robbery in which the leaders loot the properties of the rich people and distribute the looted property among the poor, for example, the banditry led by Narasimha Reddy of Karmol in Andhra Pradesh.

The Terrorist Vengeance:
It is based on violence and armed revolt. Here the agitators make a frontal attack on the opponents who are regarded as their enemies. Here the enemies are tortured tyrannized and finally killed Example Noxalite agitations.

Mass Insurrections:
These take place suddenly and came to an end abruptly. They arise without any leader or any organisational base. Whenever they get a solution, may be temporary in nature, and the agitations may come to a sudden end, For Example, The so-called Deccan Revolt that took place in Poona, Ahmed Nagar, Satara and Solapur.

Liberal reformist movement:
Examples are the Champaran Satyagraha, Bardoli Satyagraha, and Kheda Satyagraha in Bihar and Gujurat, etc. This type of movement helps in removing some of the dangerous or at least harmful lords/ legislations. There is no use of violence, bloodshed, or attraction. These movements do not have the intention of creating any conflict or enmity between different communities.